DIAGNOSTICS for Your Toyota Avensis 4 Door First Generation (1997-2003)

DIAGNOSTICS  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . .  
DI–132  
DI–133  
DI–134  
DI–135  
DI–136  
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (A246E) . . . . . . . .  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH  
DI–1  
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . .  
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . .  
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (U240E) . . . . . . . .  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH  
DI–1  
DI–2  
DI–3  
DI–15  
DI–16  
DI–17  
DI–18  
DI–23  
DI–60  
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–169  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . .  
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . .  
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DI–169  
DI–170  
DI–171  
DI–176  
DI–178  
DI–179  
DI–181  
DI–182  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . .  
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . .  
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH  
ELECTRONIC BRAKE FORCE  
DI–60  
DI–61  
DI–62  
DI–74  
DI–76  
DI–77  
DI–79  
DI–82  
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . DI–255  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . .  
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART . . . . . .  
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
TERMINALS OF ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DI–255  
DI–256  
DI–257  
DI–259  
DI–260  
DI–261  
DI–263  
DI–264  
DISTRIBUTION (EBD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DI–127  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK . . .  
PRE–CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
DI–127  
DI–128  
DI–129  
REFER TO FOLLOWING REPAIR MANUALS:  
ManualName  
Pub. No.  
AVENSIS/CORONA Chassis and Body Repair Manual  
RM599E  
AVENSIS/CORONA Chassis and Body Repair Manual  
Supplement(Aug.,1999)  
RM698E  
NOTE: The above pages contain only the points which differ  
from the above listed manuals.  
DI–1  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (A246E)  
DI2L4–10  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING  
Items inside  
are titles of pages in this manual, with the  
Vehicle Brought to Workshop  
page number indicated in the bottom portion. See the indicated  
pages for detailed explanations.  
1
2
Customer Problem Analysis  
P. DI–2  
Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3.  
If the display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE” when you have connected the  
hand–held tester, inspect DLC3 P. DI–3  
3
4
Check DTC and Freeze Frame Data (Precheck)  
Record or Print DTC and Freeze Frame Data P DI–3  
Clear DTC and Freeze Frame Data P. DI–15  
Visual Inspection  
5
6
Setting the Check Mode Diagnosis P. DI–3  
Symptom does not occur  
8
Symptom Simulation  
7
Problem Symptom Confirmation  
P. IN–20  
Symptom occurs  
9
11  
DTC Check  
P. DI–3  
OK Code  
NG  
Basic Inspection  
P. DI–3  
OK  
10  
NG  
12  
Mechanical System Test  
P. DI–3  
DTC Chart  
P. DI–15  
OK  
13  
OK  
NG  
Manual Shifting Test  
P. DI–3  
14  
Problem Symptoms Table– P. DI–18  
NG  
Chapter 1  
(Electronic)  
P. DI–18  
Chapter 2  
(On–Vehicle)  
P. DI–18  
Chapter 3  
(Off–Vehicle)  
P. DI–18  
OK  
OK  
NG  
NG  
15  
16  
Parts Inspection  
S O/D Main Switch & O/D OFF Indicator Light Check  
S Kick–down Switch Circuit Check  
Circuit  
Inspection  
P. DI–23 to DI–57  
18  
17  
End  
Repair  
Confirmation Test  
Identification of Problem  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–2  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI2L5–04  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK  
Transaxle Control  
System Check Sheet  
Inspector’s  
Name  
:
Registration No.  
Registration Year  
Customer’s Name  
/
/
Frame No.  
Date Vehicle  
Brought In  
km  
mile  
/
/
Odometer Reading  
Date Problem  
Occurred  
/
/
How Often Does  
Problem Occur?  
j Continuous  
j Intermittent (  
times a day)  
j Vehicle does not move ( j Any range  
j Particular range )  
j No up–shift  
( j 1st → 2nd j 2nd → 3rd j 3rd → O/D )  
j No down–shift ( j O/D → 3rd j 3rd → 2nd j 2nd → 1st )  
j Lock–up malfunction  
j Shift point too high or too low  
Symptoms  
j Harsh engagement ( j N → D j Lock–up j Any drive range )  
j Slip or shudder  
j No kick–down  
j Others  
Malfunction  
Indicator Light  
Check Item  
DTC Check  
j Remains ON  
j Normal  
1st Time  
2nd Time  
j Normal code  
j Normal code  
j Malfunction code (Code  
j Malfunction code (Code  
)
)
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–3  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI80A–01  
PRE–CHECK  
1.  
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM  
(a) Description  
S
When troubleshooting Euro–OBD vehicles, the  
only difference from the usual troubleshooting pro-  
cedure is that you connect an OBD scan tool com-  
plying with ISO15031–4 or hand–held tester to the  
vehicle, and read off various data output from the  
vehicle’s engine and ECT ECU.  
S
Euro–OBD regulations require that the vehicle’s  
on–board computer lights up the check engine  
warning light (CHK ENG) on the instrument panel  
when the computer detects a malfunction in the  
computer itself or in drive system components  
which affect vehicle emissions. In addition to the  
CHK ENG lighting up when a malfunction is de-  
tected, the applicable DTCs prescribed by  
ISO15031–6 are recorded in the engine and ECT  
ECU memory (See page DI–15).  
A13822  
If the malfunction only occurs in 3 trips, the CHK  
ENG goes off but the DTCs remain recorded in the  
engine and ECT ECU memory.  
S
S
To check the DTCs, connect an OBD scan tool or  
hand–held tester to the Data Link Connector  
(DLC3) on the vehicle. The OBD scan tool or hand–  
held tester also enables you to erase the DTCs and  
check freeze frame data and various forms of en-  
gine data (For instruction book).  
Hand–held Tester  
DTCs include ISO controlled codes and manufac-  
turer controlled codes.  
DLC3  
ISO controlled codes must be set as prescribed by  
the ISO, while manufacturer controlled codes can  
be set freely by the manufacturer within the pre-  
scribed limits (See DTC chart on page DI–15).  
D01600  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–4  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
S
The diagnosis system operates in normal mode  
during normal vehicle use, and also has a check  
mode for technicians to simulate malfunction symp-  
toms and perform troubleshooting. Most DTCs use  
2 trip detection logic(*) to prevent erroneous detec-  
tion. By switching the engine and ECT ECU to  
check mode when troubleshooting, the technician  
can cause the CHK ENG to light up and for a mal-  
function that is only detected once or momentarily.  
(hand–held tester) (See page DI–3)  
S
*2 trip detection logic:  
When a logic malfunction is first detected, the mal-  
function is temporarily stored in the engine andECT  
ECU memory. If the same malfunction is detected  
again during the 2nd test drive, this 2nd detection  
causes the CHK ENG to light up .  
(b) Inspect the DLC3.  
The vehicle’s engine and ECT ECU uses ISO 9141–2 for  
communication. The terminal arrangement of DLC3 com-  
plies with ISO15031–3 and matches the ISO 9141–2 for-  
mat.  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  
910111213141516  
DLC3  
A04550  
Testerconnection  
Condition  
Specifiedcondition  
Pulsegeneration  
1 Ω or less  
7 (Bus ę Line) – 5 (Signal ground)  
4 (Chassis Ground) – Body  
16 (B+) – Body  
Duringcommunication  
Always  
Always  
9 – 14 V  
HINT:  
If your display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE”  
when you have connected the cable of OBD scan tool or hand–  
held tester to the DLC3, turned the ignition switch ON and oper-  
ated the scan tool, there is a problem on the vehicle side or tool  
side.  
S
If communication is normal when the tool is connected to  
another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.  
If communication is still not possible when the tool is con-  
nected connected to another vehicle, the problem is prob-  
ably in the tool itself, so consult the Service Department  
listed in the tool’s instruction manual.  
S
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–5  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2.  
INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Normal Mode)  
(a) Check the CHK ENG.  
(1) The CHK ENG comes on when the ignition switch  
is turned ON and the engine is not running.  
HINT:  
If the CHK ENG does not light up, troubleshoot the combination  
meter (See page BE–1).  
(2) When the engine is started, the CHK ENG should  
go off. If the lamp remains on, the diagnosis system  
has detected a malfunction or abnormality in the  
system.  
A13822  
(b) Check the DTC.  
NOTICE:  
Hand–held Tester  
Hand–held tester only: When the diagnostic system is  
switched from the normal mode to the check mode, it  
erases all DTCs and freeze frame data recorded in normal  
mode. So before switching modes, always check the DTCs  
and freeze frame data, and note them down.  
(1) Prepare an OBD scan tool or hand–held tester.  
(2) Connect the OBD scan tool or hand–held tester to  
the DLC3 at the lower of the instrument panel.  
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the OBD scan  
tool or hand–held tester switch ON.  
DLC3  
D01600  
(4) Use the OBD scan tool or hand–held tester to check  
the DTCs and freeze frame data and note them  
down (For operating instructions, see the OBD scan  
tool’s instruction book).  
(5) See page DI–15 to confirm the details of the  
DTCs.  
NOTICE:  
When simulating symptoms with an OBD scan tool (ex-  
cluding hand–held tester) to check the DTCs, use normal  
mode. For codes on the DTCs chart subject to ”2 trip detec-  
tion logic”, turn the ignition switch OFF after the symptom  
is simulated the 1st time. Then repeat the simulation pro-  
cess again. When the problem has been simulated twice,  
the CHK ENG is indicated on the instrument panel and  
DTCs are recorded in the engine and ECT ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–6  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3.  
INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Check Mode)  
HINT:  
Hand–held tester only: Compared to the normal mode, the  
check mode has high sensing ability to detect malfunctions.  
Furthermore, the same diagnostic items which are detected in  
Normal mode can also be detected in the check mode.  
(a) Check the DTC.  
(1) Check the initial conditions.  
S
S
S
S
Battery positive voltage 11 V or more.  
Throttle valve fully closed.  
Transaxle in P position.  
A/C switched off.  
(2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(3) Prepare the hand–held tester.  
(4) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 at the lower  
of the instrument panel.  
Hand–held Tester  
(5) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–  
held tester ON.  
DLC3  
D01600  
(6) Switch the hand–held tester from normal mode to  
check mode (Check that the CHK ENG flashes).  
(7) Start the engine (CHK ENG goes out after the en-  
gine starts).  
(8) Simulate the conditions of the malfunction de-  
scribed by the customer.  
0.13 sec.  
ON  
0.13 sec.  
NOTICE:  
OFF  
Leave the ignition switch ON until you have checked the  
DTCs, etc.  
BR3904  
(9) After simulating the malfunction conditions, use the  
hand–held tester diagnosis selector to check the  
DTCs and freeze frame data, etc.  
HINT:  
Take care not to turn the ignition switch OFF, as turning it off  
switches the diagnosis system from check mode to normal  
mode, so all DTCs, etc. are erased.  
(10) After checking the DTC, inspect the applicable cir-  
cuit.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–7  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
(b) Clear the DTC.  
The following actions will erase the DTC and freezed  
frame data. Operating an OBD scan tool or hand–held  
tester to erase the codes (See the OBD scan tool’s  
instruction book for operating instructions.).  
4.  
PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION  
Taking into consideration the results of the customer problem analysis, try to reproduce the symptoms of the  
trouble. If the problem is that the transaxle does not shift up, shift down, or the shift point is too high or too  
low conduct the following road test referring to the automatic shift schedule and simulate the problem symp-  
toms.  
5.  
ROAD TEST  
NOTICE:  
Conduct the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
(a) D range test  
Shift into the D range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check up–shift operation.  
Check to see that 1 → 2, 2 → 3 and 3 → O/D up–shift takes place, and that the shift points con-  
form to the automatic shift schedule (See page SS–19).  
HINT:  
S
O/D Gear Up–shift Prohibition Control (1. Water temp. is 60 °C (140 °F) or less. 2. If there is a 10 km/h  
(6 mph) difference between the set cruise control speed and vehicle speed.)  
O/D Gear Lock–up Prohibition Control (1. Brake pedal is depressed. 2. Water temp. is 60 °C (140 °F)  
or lower)  
S
(2) Check for shift shock and slip.  
Check for shock and slip at the 1 → 2, 2 → 3 and 3 → O/D up–shift.  
(3) Check for abnormal noises and vibration.  
Run in D range lock–up or O/D gear and check for abnormal noises and vibration.  
HINT:  
The check for the cause of abnormal noises and vibration must be done very thoroughly as it could also be  
sure to loss of balance in the differential, torque converter, etc.  
(4) Check kick–down operation.  
While running in the D range, 2nd, 3rd and O/D gears, check to see that the possible kick–down  
vehicle speed limits for 2 → 1, 3 → 2 and O/D → 3 kick–downs conform to those indicated in the  
automatic shift schedule (See page SS–19).  
(5) Check for abnormal shock and slip at kick–down.  
(6) Check the lock–up mechanism.  
S
Drive in D range O/D gear, at a steady speed (lock–up ON) of about 60 km/h (37 mph).  
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal and check that the engine speed does not change  
abruptly.  
S
If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock–up.  
(b) 2 range test  
Shift into the 2 range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check up–shift operation.  
Check to see that the 1 → 2 up–shift takes place and that the shift point conforms to the automatic  
shift schedule (See page SS–19).  
HINT:  
There is no O/D up–shift and lock–up in the 2 range.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–8  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
(2) Check engine braking.  
While running in the 2 range and 2nd gear, release the accelerator pedal and check the engine  
braking effect.  
(3) Check for abnormal noises during acceleration and deceleration, and for shock at up–shift and  
down–shift.  
(c) L range test  
Shift into the L range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check no up–shift.  
While running in the L range, check that there is no up–shift to 2nd gear.  
(2) Check engine braking.  
While running in the L range, release the accelerator pedal and check the engine braking effect.  
(3) Check for abnormal noises during acceleration and deceleration.  
(d) R range test  
Shift into the R range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check for slipping.  
CAUTION:  
Before conducting this test ensure that the test area is free from people and obstruction.  
(e) P range test  
Stop the vehicle on a grade (more than 5°) and after shifting into the P range, release the parking  
brake. Then, check to see that the parking lock pawl holds the vehicle in place.  
6.  
BASIC INSPECTION  
(a) Check the fluid level.  
HINT:  
Drive the vehicle so that the engine and transaxle are at normal  
operating temperature.  
Fluid temperature: 70 – 80 °C (158 – 176 °F)  
(1) Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the park-  
ing brake.  
(2) With the engine idling and the brake pedal de-  
pressed, shift the shift lever into all ranges from P  
to L range and return to P range.  
(3) Pull out the dipstick and wipe it clean.  
(4) Push it back fully into the pipe.  
D01529  
(5) Pull it out and check that the fluid level is in the HOT  
range.  
OK if hot  
If the level is not within the range, add new fluid.  
Fluid type: ATF Type D–II or DEXRON®III (DEXRON®II)  
NOTICE:  
Add if hot  
Do not overfill.  
(b) Check the fluid condition.  
If the fluid smells burnt or is black, replace it.  
AT3417  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–9  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
(c) Replace the ATF.  
(1) Remove the drain plug and drain the fluid.  
(2) Reinstall the drain plug securely.  
F00483  
Z13623  
AT3417  
(3) With the engine OFF add new fluid through the oil  
filler pipe.  
Fluid type: ATF Type D–II or DEXRON®III (DEXRON®II)  
Capacity: 3.1 liters (3.3 US qts, 2.7 Imp.qts)  
(4) Start the engine and shift the shift lever into all  
ranges from P to L range and then shift into P range.  
(5) With the engine idling, check the fluid level. Add  
fluid up to the COOL level on the dipstick.  
(6) Check the fluid level at the normal operating tem-  
perature, 70 – 80 °C (158 – 176 °F), and add as  
necessary.  
OK if hot  
Add if hot  
NOTICE:  
Do not overfill.  
(d) Check the fluid leaks.  
Check for leaks in the transaxle.  
If there are leaks, it is necessary to repair or replace O–rings,  
FIPGs, oil seals, plugs or other parts.  
(e) Inspect and adjust the shift lever range.  
When shifting the shift lever from the N range to the other  
range, check that the lever can be shifted smoothly and  
accurately to each range and that the range indicator cor-  
rectly indicates the range.  
If the indicator is not aligned with the correct range, carry out the  
following adjustment procedures:  
(1) Loosen the nut the control shaft lever.  
(2) Push the control shaft lever fully downward.  
Q08545  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–10  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
(3) Return the control shaft lever 2 notches to the N  
range.  
(4) Set the shift lever to N range.  
(5) While holding the shift lever lightly toward the R  
range side, tighten the shift lever nut.  
Torque: 12 N·m (120 kgf·cm, 9 ft·lbf)  
(6) Start the engine and make sure that the vehicle  
moves forward when shifting the lever from the N to  
D range and reveres when shifting it to the R range.  
Q02281  
(f)  
Inspect and adjustment the neutral start switch.  
Check that the engine can be started with the shift lever  
only in the N or P range, but not in other ranges.  
If not as started above, carry out the following adjustment pro-  
cedures:  
Neutral  
Basic Line  
(1) Loosen the neutral start switch bolt and set the shift  
lever to the N range.  
Groove  
(2) Align the groove and the neutral basic line.  
(3) Holding the shift selector, and tighten the bolt.  
Torque: 5.4 N·m (55 kgf·cm, 48 in.·lbf)  
HINT:  
Q02284  
For continuity inspection of the neutral start switch, see page  
DI–45.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–11  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
7.  
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS  
(a) Measure the stall speed.  
The object of this test is to check the overall performance of the transaxle and engine by measuring  
the stall speeds in the D and R ranges.  
NOTICE:  
S
S
S
S
Do the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
Do not continuously run this test for longer than 5 seconds.  
To ensure safety, do this test in a wide, clear level area which provides good traction.  
The stall test should always be carried out in pairs. One technician should observe the condi-  
tions of wheels or wheel stoppers outside the vehicle while the other is doing the test.  
(1) Chock the 4 wheels.  
(2) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(3) Fully apply the parking brake.  
(4) Keep your left foot pressing firmly on the brake pedal.  
(5) Start the engine.  
(6) Shift into the D range. Press all the way down on the accelerator pedal with your right foot.  
(7) Quickly read the stall speed at this time.  
Stall speed: 2,500 ± 150 rpm  
(8) Do the same test in the R range.  
Stall speed: 2,500 ± 150 rpm  
Evaluation:  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S Engine output may be insufficient  
S Stator one–way clutch not operating properly  
HINT: If more than 600 rpm below the specified value, the torque  
converter could be faulty.  
(a) Stall speed low in D and R ranges  
(b) Stall speed high in D range  
S Line pressure too low  
S Forward clutch slipping  
S One–way clutch No.2 not operating properly  
S U/D one–way clutch not operating properly  
S Line pressure too low  
S Reverse clutch slipping  
S 1st and reverse brake slipping  
S U/D brake slipping  
(c) Stall speed high in R range  
S Line pressure too low  
(d) Stall speed high in D and R ranges  
S Improper fluid level  
S U/D one–way clutch not operating properly  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–12  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
(b) Measure the time lag.  
When the shift lever is shifted while the engine is idling, there will be a certain time lapse or lag before  
the shock can be felt. This is used for checking the condition of the O/D direct clutch, forward clutch,  
and 1st and reverse brake.  
NOTICE:  
S
S
S
Do the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
Be sure to allow 1 minute interval between tests.  
Take 3 measurements and take the average value.  
(1) Chock the 4 wheels.  
(2) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(3) Start engine and check idle speed.  
Idle speed: 700 ± 50 rpm (In N range and A/C OFF)  
(4) Shift the lever from N to D range. Using a stop watch, measure the time from when the lever is  
shifted until the shock is felt.  
Time lag: N → D less than 1.2 seconds  
(5) In the same way, measure the time lag for N → R.  
Time lag: N → R less than 1.5 seconds  
Evaluation (If N → D or N → R time lag is longer than the specified):  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S Line pressure too low  
N → D time lag is longer  
N → R time lag is longer  
S Forward clutch worn  
S U/D one–way clutch not operating properly  
S Line pressure too low  
S Improper fluid level  
S Direct clutch worn  
S 1st and reverse brake worn  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–13  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
8.  
HYDRAULIC TEST  
Measure the line pressure.  
NOTICE:  
S
Do the test at normal operation ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
S
The line pressure test should always be carried out in pairs. One technician should observe  
the conditions of wheels or wheel stopper outside the vehicle while the other is doing the test.  
Be careful to prevent SST’s hose from interfering with the exhaust pipe.  
(1) Warm up the ATF.  
S
(2) Remove the test plug on the rear side of the transaxle case and connect SST (See page AX–28  
for the location to connect SST).  
SST 09992–00095 (09992– 00231, 09992–00271)  
(3) Fully apply the parking brake and chock the 4 wheels.  
(4) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(5) Start the engine and check idling speed.  
(6) Keep your left foot pressing firmly on the brake pedal and shift into D range.  
(7) Measure the line pressure when the engine is idling.  
(8) Depress the accelerator pedal all the way down. Quickly read the highest line pressure when  
engine speed reaches stall speed.  
(9) In the same way, do the test in R range.  
Specified line pressure:  
2
2
Condition  
Idling  
D range  
kPa (kgf / cm , psi)  
R range  
kPa (kgf / cm , psi)  
372 – 441 (3.8 – 4.5, 54 – 64)  
598 – 716 (6.1 – 7.3, 87 – 104)  
Stall  
981 – 1,138 (10.0 – 11.6, 142 – 165)  
1,392 – 1,726 (14.2 – 17.6, 202 – 250)  
Evaluation:  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S SLT solenoid valve defective  
If the measured values at all ranges are higher  
If the measured values at all ranges are lower  
S Regulator valve detective  
S SLT solenoid valve defective  
S Regulator valve defective  
S Oil pump defective  
S O/D direct clutch defective  
S D range circuit fluid leakage  
If pressure is low in the D range only  
If pressure is low in the R range only  
S Forward clutch defective  
S R range circuit fluid leakage  
S Direct clutch defective  
S 1st and reverse brake defective  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–14  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
9.  
MANUAL SHIFTING TEST  
HINT:  
By this test, it can be determined whether the trouble is within  
the electrical circuit or is a mechanical problem in the transaxle.  
(a) Disconnect the solenoid wire.  
(b) Inspect the manual driving operation.  
Check that the shift and gear positions correspond to the  
table below.  
While driving, shift through the L, 2 and D ranges.  
Check that the gear change corresponds to the shift  
range.  
Q02283  
Shiftrange  
Gearposition  
O/D  
D
2
3rd  
L
1st  
R
P
Reverse  
Pawl Lock  
HINT:  
If the L, 2 and D range gear positions are difficult to distinguish,  
do the above read test.  
If any abnormality is found in the above test, the problem is in  
the transaxle itself.  
(c) Connect the solenoid wire.  
(d) Cancel out the DTC.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–15  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FQ–05  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART  
If a DTC is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for that code in the table below and pro-  
ceed to the page given.  
DTC No.  
Check engine  
*2  
DetectionItem  
TroubleArea  
Memory  
*1  
(See Page)  
warning light  
S Open or short in vehicle speed sensor circuit  
S Vehicle speed sensor  
P0500  
Vehicle speed sensor  
malfunction  
S Combinationmeter  
f
f
(DI–23)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
S No. 1 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
3
P0750 *  
Shift solenoid ”A” malfunction  
(No. 1 solenoid valve)  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
(DI–26)  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
Shift solenoid ”A” electrical  
malfunction  
S Open or short in No. 1 solenoid valve circuit  
P0753  
S No. 1 solenoid valve  
(DI–28)  
(No. 1 solenoid valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S No.2 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
3
P0755 *  
Shift solenoid ”B” malfunction  
(No. 2 solenoid valve)  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
(DI–26)  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
Shift solenoid ”B” electrical  
malfunction  
S Open or short in No.2 solenoid valve circuit  
P0758  
S No.2 solenoid valve  
(DI–28)  
(No. 2 solenoid valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S SL solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
S Lock–up clutch  
3
P0770 *  
Shift solenoid ”E” malfunction  
(SL solenoid valve)  
f
f
(DI–32)  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
Shift solenoid ”E” electrical  
malfunction  
S Open or short in SL solenoid valve circuit  
P0773  
S SL solenoid valve  
f
f
f
f
(DI–34)  
(SL solenoid valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Open or short in stop light switch signal circuit  
P1520  
Stop light switch  
S Stop light switch  
(DI–37)  
signalmalfunction  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
Linearsolenoidline  
pressure control circuit  
malfunction  
S Open or short in SLT solenoid valve circuit  
S SLT solenoid valve  
P1760  
f
f
f
f
(DI–42)  
S Engine and ECU ECU  
(SLT solenoid valve)  
S Short in neutral start switch circuit  
S Neutral start switch  
P1780  
Neutral start switch  
malfunction  
(DI–45)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
*1: ”f” mark means Check engine warning light blinks once every 2 seconds.  
”X” mark means Check engine warning light never blinks.  
*2: ”f” mark means Engine and ECT ECU memorizes the malfunction code if the Engine and ECT ECU  
detects the DTC detection condition.  
*3: European spec. only  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–16  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
PARTS LOCATION  
No. 1 Solenoid Valve  
No. 2 Solenoid Valve  
Neutral Start Switch  
SLT Solenoid Valve  
SL Solenoid Valve  
O/D OFF Indicator  
LHD:  
Kick–down Switch  
DLC3  
Stop Light Switch  
O/D Main Switch  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Pattern Select Switch  
D09911  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–17  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI77O–02  
TERMINALS OF ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU Terminals  
E20  
E21  
E19  
E18  
9
8 7 6 5 4 3  
2 1  
7 6 5 4 3  
2 1  
9 8 7  
6 5 4 3 2 1  
7 6  
5 4 3 2 1  
21201918 17161514131211 10 1615141312 11 10 9 8  
313029 2827 2625242322 242322 2120191817  
19181716 15141312 11 10 15141312 11 10 9 8  
282726252423 222120 2221201918 1716  
D05962  
Symbols (TerminalsNo.)  
S1 (E18–8) – E1 (E19–17)  
WiringColor  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
9 – 14  
IG ON  
LG ↔ BR  
1st or 2nd gear  
3rd or O/D gear  
IG ON  
9 – 4  
Below 1.5  
Below 1.5  
9 – 4  
S2 (E18–20) – E1 (E19–17)  
V–W ↔ BR  
2nd or 3rd gear  
1st or O/D gear  
IG ON  
Below 1.5  
Below 1.5  
9 – 14  
SL (E18–19) – E1 (E19–17)  
OD2 (E20–19) – E1 (E19–17)  
L (E20–12) – E1 (E19–17)  
2 (E20–3) – E1 (E19–17)  
R (E20–2) – E1 (E19–17)  
NSW (E20–13) – E1 (E19–17)  
P ↔ BR  
L ↔ BR  
Vehicle driving under lock–up position  
O/D main switch ON (O/D OFF)  
Below 3  
9 – 14  
O/D main switch OFF (O/D ON)  
IG ON and Shift lever L range  
7.5 – 14  
Below 1.5  
7.5 – 14  
Below 1.5  
7.5 – 14  
Below 1.5  
Below 3  
9 –14  
Y–G ↔ BR  
O ↔ BR  
IG ON and Shift lever other than L range  
IG ON and Shift lever 2 range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than 2 range  
IG ON and Shift lever R range  
R–B ↔ BR  
B–W ↔ BR  
IG ON and Shift lever other than R range  
IG ON and Shift lever P or N range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than P or N range  
IG ON  
+
–
SLT (E18–6) – SLT (E18–5)  
LG–B ↔ P–B  
G ↔ BR  
9 – 14  
SPD (E20–22) – E1 (E19–17)  
IG ON and rotate driving wheel slowly  
IG ON and accelerator pedal fully depressed  
IG ON and accelerator pedal released  
IG ON and brake pedal depressed  
IG ON and brake pedal released  
IG ON and pattern select switch: PWR  
IG ON and pattern select switch: NORM  
IG ON and SNOW mode switch: ON  
IG ON and SNOW mode switch: OFF  
Pulsegeneration  
Below 1.5  
9 – 14  
KD (E20–4) – E1 (E19–17)  
STP (E20–6) – E1 (E19–17)  
PWR (E20–28) – E1 (E19–17)  
SNWI (E20–16) – E1 (E19–17)  
Y ↔ BR  
G–W ↔ BR  
P ↔ BR  
9 – 14  
Below 1.5  
9 – 14  
Below 1.5  
9 – 14  
P–B ↔ BR  
Below 1.5  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–18  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FT–06  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE  
If a normal code is displayed during the diagnostic trouble code check but the trouble still occurs, check the  
circuits for each symptom in the order given in the charts on the following pages and proceed to the page  
given for troubleshooting.  
HINT:  
The Matrix Chart is divided tnto 3 chapters.  
Chapter 1: Electronic circuit matrix chart  
Chapter 2: On–vehicle repair matrix chart  
Chapter 3: Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
If the instruction ”Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on matrix chart” is given in the flow chart for eaxh  
circuit, proceed to the circuit with the next highest number in the table to continue the check.  
If the trouble still occurs even though there are no abnormalities in any of the other circuits, then check and  
replace the Engine and ECT ECU.  
Chapter 1: Electronic circuit matrix chart  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
See page  
IN–30  
No up–shift  
Engine and ECT ECU  
(A particular gear, from 1st to 3rd gear, is not up–shifted)  
No up–shift  
1. O/D main switch & O/D OFF indicator light circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–49  
IN–30  
(3rd → O/D)  
Nodown–shift  
1. O/D main switch & O/D OFF indicator light circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–49  
IN–30  
(O/D → 3rd)  
No down–shift  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
(A particular gear, from 1st to 3rd gear, is not down–shifted)  
No lock–up  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
IN–30  
IN–30  
No lock–up OFF  
Shift point too high or too low  
1. O/D main switch & O/D OFF indicator light circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–49  
IN–30  
Up–shift to O/D from 3rd while O/D main switch is OFF  
Up–shift to O/D from 3rd while engine is cold  
No kick–down  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
1. Kick–down switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–57  
IN–30  
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–19  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Chapter 2: On–vehicle repair  
(L : A245E automatic transaxle repair manual Pub. No. RM757E)  
Symptom  
Does not move in any forward ranges  
Does not move in reverse range  
Suspect Area  
See page  
Off–vehicle matrix chart  
Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
–
1. Primary regulator valve  
2. Manualvalve  
L
L
–
Does not move in any range  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
No–up shift  
1. 1 – 2 shift valve  
L
(1st → 2nd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
No–up shift  
1. 2 – 3 shift valve  
L
(2nd → 3rd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
No–up shift  
1. 3 – 4 shift valve  
L
(3rd → O/D)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
No–downshift  
1. 3 – 4 shift valve  
L
(O/D → 3rd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
No–downshift  
1. 2 – 3 shift valve  
L
(3rd → 2nd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
No–downshift  
1. 1 – 2 shift valve  
L
(2nd → 1st)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
Harshengagement  
1. C accumulator  
L
2
(N → R)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
Harshengagement  
1. C accumulator  
L
1
(N → D)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
1. C accumulator  
L
L
–
1
Harshengagement  
2. Low coast modulator valve  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
(N → L)  
1. Accumulator control valve  
L
L
–
Harshengagement  
2. B accumulator  
2
(1st → 2nd ”D” range)  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
1. B accumulator  
L
L
L
–
2
Harshengagement  
2. Accumulator control valve  
3. 2nd coast modulator control  
4. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
(1st → 2nd ”2” range)  
Harshengagement  
Primary regulator valve  
L
(1st → 2nd → 3rd → O/D)  
1. C accumulator  
L
L
–
2
Harshengagement  
2. Accumulator control valve  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
(2nd → 3rd)  
1. B accumulator  
L
L
–
2
Harshengagement  
2. C accumulator  
3
(3rd → O/D)  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
Harshengagement  
1. B accumulator  
L
4
(O/D → 3rd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
Harshengagement  
1. C accumulator  
L
2
(3rd → 2nd)  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
1. Primary regulator valve  
2. Oil strainer  
L
AX–4  
–
Slip (Forward & Reverse)  
3. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
Slip (”R” range, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, O/D)  
Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–20  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Suspect Area  
Symptom  
See page  
1. Low coast modulator valve  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
L
No engine braking (1st ”L” range)  
No engine braking (2nd ”2” range)  
–
1. 2nd coast modulator valve  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
L
–
1. 1 – 2 shift valve  
2. 2 – 3 shift valve  
3. 3 – 4 shift valve  
L
L
L
No kick down  
1. Primary regulator valve  
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
L
Pooracceleration  
No lock–up  
–
1. Lock–up relay valve  
L
2. Off–vehicle matrix chart  
–
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–21  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Chapter 3: Off–vehicle repair  
(L : A245E automatic transaxle repair manual Pub. No. RM757E)  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
See page  
Does not move in any forward ranges  
Forward clutch (C )  
L
L
L
L
1
1. Direct clutch (C )  
2
Does not move in reverse range  
Does not move in any ranges  
2. 1st and reverse brake (B )  
3
3. U/D brake (B )  
4
1. Torqueconverter  
2. Oil pump  
AX–33  
L
L
L
L
3. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
3
4. Front planetary gear  
5. Rear planetary gear  
No–up shift  
1. 2nd brake (B )  
L
2
(1st → 2nd)  
2. No.1 one–way clutch (F )  
L
1
No–up shift  
Direct clutch (C )  
L
L
2
(2nd → 3rd)  
No–up shift  
U/D clutch (C )  
3
(3rd → O/D)  
No–downshift  
1. U/D brake (B )  
L
L
4
(O/D → 3rd)  
2. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
3
No–downshift  
No.1 one–way clutch (F )  
L
1
(3rd → 2nd)  
No–downshift  
No.2 one–way clutch (F )  
L
2
(2nd → 1st)  
Harshengagement  
1. Direct clutch (C )  
L
L
2
(N → R)  
2. 1st and reverse brake (B )  
3
Harshengagement  
1. Forward clutch (C )  
L
1
(N → D)  
2. On–vehicle matrix chart  
–
Harshengagement  
Forward clutch (C )  
L
1
(N → L)  
Harshengagement  
1. 2nd brake (B )  
L
L
2
(1st → 2nd ”D” range)  
2. No.1 one–way clutch (F )  
1
1. 2nd coast brake (B )  
L
L
L
1
Harshengagement  
2. 2nd brake (B )  
2
(1st → 2nd ”2” range)  
3. No.1 one–way clutch (F )  
1
Harshengagement  
Direct clutch (C )  
L
L
L
L
2
(2nd → 3rd)  
Harshengagement  
U/D clutch (C )  
3
(3rd → O/D)  
Harshengagement  
U/D brake (B )  
4
(O/D → 3rd)  
Harshengagement  
Direct clutch (C )  
2
(3rd → 2nd)  
1. Torqueconverter  
2. Oil pump  
AX–33  
Slip (Forward & Reverse)  
Slip (”R” range)  
L
1. Direct clutch (C )  
L
2
2. 1st and reverse brake (B )  
L
3
1. Forward clutch (C )  
L
L
L
1
Slip (1st)  
2. No.2 one–way clutch (F )  
2
3. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
3
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–22  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Suspect Area  
Symptom  
See page  
1. Forward clutch (C )  
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1
2. 2nd brake (B )  
2
Slip (2nd)  
3. No.1 one–way clutch (F )  
1
4. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
3
1. Forward clutch (C )  
1
Slip (3rd)  
Slip (O/D)  
2. Direct clutch (C )  
2
3. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
3
1. Forward clutch (C )  
1
2. Direct clutch (C )  
2
3. U/D clutch (C )  
3
No engine braking (1st ”L” range)  
No engine braking (2nd ”2” range)  
1st and reverse brake (B )  
3
2nd coast brake (B )  
1
1. Torqueconverter  
AX–33  
Pooracceleration  
2. Forward clutch (C )  
L
1
No lock–up  
Torqueconverter  
Torqueconverter  
AX–33  
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping  
AX–33  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–23  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI3VC–05  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
DTC P0500 Speed Sensor Malfunction  
The No.1 speed sensor outputs a 4–pulse signal for every revolution of the transaxle output shaft.  
After this signal is converted into a more precise rectangular waveform by the waveform shaping circuit in-  
side the combination meter, it is then transmitted to the Engine and ECT ECU.  
4–pulse  
4–pulse  
From  
Speed  
Sensor  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
ABS ECU  
Combination  
Meter  
A00022  
DTC No.  
P0500  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Open or short in vehicle speed sensor circuit  
S Vehicle speed sensor  
No vehicle speed sensor signal to Engine and ECT ECU dur-  
ing vehicle driving (2 trip detection logic)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Combinationmeter  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engineand ECT ECU  
Combination Meter  
J44  
Junction  
Connector  
22  
18  
C10  
G
D
D
G
E20  
SPD  
D10040  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–24  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check operation of speedometer.  
CHECK:  
Drive the vehicle and check if the operation of the speedometer in the combination meter is normal.  
HINT:  
The vehicle speed sensor is operating normally if the speedometer display is normal.  
NG  
Check speedometer circuit. See combination  
meter troubleshooting.  
OK  
2
Check voltage between terminal SPD of Engine and ECT ECU connector and  
body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Turn up the floor mat on the passenger side.  
(b) Remove the 2 bolts for Engine and ECT ECU.  
(c) Shift the shift lever to N range.  
(d) Jack up one of the front wheels.  
(e) Turn ignition switch ON.  
ON  
(+)  
(–)  
CHECK:  
SPD  
Measure voltage between terminal SPD of Engine and ECT  
ECU connector and body ground when the wheel is turned  
slowly.  
D07192  
OK:  
Voltage is generated intermittently.  
4.5 – 5.5 V  
Turn the wheel  
D02247  
NG  
Check and repair harness and connector be-  
tween combination meter and Engine and ECT  
ECU.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–25  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3
Check Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Replace Engine and ECT ECU.  
OK  
Check and repair ABS system.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–26  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FV–05  
DTC  
P0750,P0755  
Shift Solenoid A/B Malfunction  
(No. 1/No. 2 Solenoid Valve )  
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  
The Engine and ECT ECU uses signals from the vehicle speed sensor and crankshaft position sensor to  
detect the actual gear position (1st, 2nd, 3rd or O/D gear).  
Then the Engine and ECT ECU compares the actual gear with the shift schedule in the Engine and ECT  
ECU memory to detect the mechanical trouble of the shift solenoid valves, the valve body or automatic trans-  
axle (clutch, brake or gear etc.).  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
During normal driving, the gear required by the Engine and  
ECT ECU does not match the actual gear  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S No. 1/No. 2 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
P0750  
P0755  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
HINT:  
Check the No. 1 solenoid valve when DTC P0750/62 is output and check the No. 2 solenoid valve when DTC  
P0755/63 is output.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve operation.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the oil pan.  
(+)  
(–)  
(b) Remove the No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve .  
CHECK:  
(–)  
(+)  
(a) Applying 490 kPa (5 kgf/cm2, 71 psi) of compressed air,  
check that the solenoid valve does not leak the air.  
(b) When battery voltage is supplied to the shift solenoid  
valve, check that the valve opens.  
OK:  
Air  
D04318  
(a) Solenoid valve does not leak air.  
(b) Solenoid valve opens.  
NG  
Replace the No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–27  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check the valve body (See chapter 2 in the problem symptoms table).  
NG  
Repair or replace the valve body.  
OK  
Repair the transaxle (See page AX–28).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–28  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FW–06  
DTC  
P0753,P0758  
Shift Solenoid A/B Electrical Malfunc-  
tion (No. 1/No. 2 Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Shifting from 1st to O/D is performed in combination with ON and OFF of the No. 1 and No. 2 solenoid valves  
controlled by Engine and ECT ECU. If an open or short circuit occurs in either of the solenoid valves, the  
Engine and ECT ECU controls the remaining normal solenoid valve to allow the vehicle to be operated  
smoothly (Fail safe function).  
SHIFT SOLENOID NO.1  
MALFUNCTIONING  
SHIFT SOLENOID NO.2  
MALFUNCTIONING  
BOTH SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
NORMAL  
Solenoidvalve  
Position  
Solenoidvalve  
Gear  
Solenoidvalve  
Gear  
Gear when shift selector is  
manuallyoperated  
Gear  
No.1  
ON  
No.2  
OFF  
No.1  
X
No.2  
ON  
No.1  
ON  
No.2  
X
1st  
3rd  
3rd  
1st  
O/D  
O/D  
ON  
ON  
2nd  
X
ON  
OFF  
X
O/D  
D
2
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
3rd  
X
X
ON  
3rd  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
X
X
O/D  
O/D  
O/D  
O/D  
OFF  
O/D  
OFF  
O/D  
ON  
OFF  
1st  
X
ON  
3rd  
X
1st  
3rd  
ON  
ON  
ON  
2nd  
3rd  
X
X
ON  
ON  
3rd  
3rd  
OFF  
OFF  
X
X
O/D  
O/D  
3rd  
3rd  
OFF  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
1st  
X
X
OFF  
ON  
1st  
ON  
ON  
X
X
1st  
1st  
1st  
1st  
L
2nd  
2nd  
X:Malfunctions  
HINT:  
Check the No. 1 solenoid valve when DTC P0753/62 is output and check the No. 2 solenoid valve when  
DTC P0758/63 is output.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
The Engine and ECT ECU checks for an open or short circuit  
in the No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve circuit when it changes.  
The Engine and ECT ECU records DTC P0753/62 or  
P0758/63 if condition (a) or (b) is detected once, but it does not  
blink the O/D OFF indicator light.  
After Engine and ECT ECU detects condition (a) or (b) continu-  
ously 8 times or more in one–trip, it causes the O/D OFF indi-  
cator light to light up until condition (a) or (b) disappears.  
After that, if the Engine and ECT ECU detects condition (a) or  
(b) once, it starts lighting up O/D OFF indicator light again.  
S Open or short in No. 1/No. 2 solenoid valve circuit  
S No. 1/No. 2 solenoid valve  
P0753  
P0758  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
(a) Solenoid resistance is 8 Ω or less (short circuit) when the  
solenoid is energized.  
(b) Solenoid resistance is 100 kΩ or more (open circuit) when  
the solenoid is not energized.  
Fail safe function:  
If either of the solenoid valve circuits develops an open or short, the Engine and ECT ECU turns the other  
solenoid valve ON and OFF to shift to the gear positions shown in the table above. The Engine and ECT  
ECU also turns the ST solenoid valve OFF at the same time. If both solenoids malfunction, hydraulic control  
cannot be performed electronically and must be done manually.  
Manual shifting as shown in the above table must be done (In the case of a short circuit, the Engine and ECT  
ECU stops sending current to the short circuited solenoid).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–29  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Transaxle  
No. 1 Solenoid Valve  
8
E18  
3
E1  
12  
IE2 IF2  
(RHD)(LHD)  
12  
LG  
LG  
S1  
No. 2 Solenoid Valve  
6
E1  
20  
E18 S2  
11  
IE2 IF2  
11  
V–W  
V–W  
(RHD)(LHD)  
D10180  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Measure resistance between terminal S1 or S2 of Engine and ECT ECU connec-  
tor and body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between the terminal S1 or S2 of Engine  
and ECT ECU connector and the body ground.  
S1  
OK:  
S2  
Resistance: 11 – 15 Ω at 20°C (68°F)  
D07193  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–30  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and automatic  
transaxle solenoid connector.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the solenoid connector from the automatic trans-  
axle.  
CHECK:  
S1  
S2  
Check harness and connector between the terminal S1 or S2  
of Engine and ECT ECU and the terminal S1 or S2 of solenoid  
S1  
connector.  
OK:  
S2  
There is no open and short circuit.  
D08713  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–31  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3
Check No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
(c) Disconnect the solenoid connector.  
(d) Remove the No. 1 or No. 2 solenoid valve .  
CHECK:  
(a) Measure resistance between the solenoid connector and  
the solenoid body.  
(b) Connector positive ę lead to the terminal of solenoid con-  
nector, negative Ĝ lead to the solenoid body.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 11 – 15 Ω at 20°C (68°F)  
(b) The solenoid makes an operating noise.  
(+)  
(–)  
Q08083  
Q08084  
D04317  
NG  
Replace shift solenoid valve.  
OK  
Repair or replace solenoid wire.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–32  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FX–05  
DTC  
P0770 Shift Solenoid E Malfunction  
(SL Solenoid Valve)  
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  
The Engine and ECT ECU uses the signals from the throttle  
position sensor, air–flow meter and crankshaft position sensor  
to monitor the engagement condition of the lock–up clutch.  
Then the Engine and ECT ECU compares the engagement  
condition of the lock–up clutch with the lock–up schedule in the  
Engine and ECT ECU memory to detect the mechanical trouble  
of the shift solenoid valve SL, the valve body and the torque  
converter or automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.).  
Line  
Pressure  
Drain  
F01116  
DTC No.  
P0770  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Lock–up does not occur when driving in the lock–up range  
(normal driving at 80 km/h (50 mph)), or lock–up remains ON  
in the lock–up OFF range.  
S SL solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body blocked up or stuck  
S Lock–up clutch  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Automatic transaxle (clutch, brake or gear etc.)  
S When lock–up is ON, clutch or brake slips or gear is broken.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check SL solenoid valve operation.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the oil pan.  
Air  
(–)  
(+)  
(b) Remove the SL solenoid valve from the valve body.  
CHECK:  
(–)  
(+)  
(a) Applying 490 kPa (5 km/cm2, 71 psi) of compressed air,  
check that the solenoid valve opens.  
(b) When battery positive voltage is supplied to the shift sole-  
noid valve, check that it does no leak air.  
OK:  
D04318  
(a) Solenoid valve opens.  
(b) Solenoid valve does not leak air.  
NG  
Replace the SL solenoid valve.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–33  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check valve body (See chapter 2 in the problem symptoms table).  
NG  
Repair or replace the valve body.  
OK  
3
Check torque converter (See page AX–33).  
NG  
Replace the torque converter.  
OK  
Repair the transaxle.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–34  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI1FY–06  
DTC  
P0773 Shift Solenoid E Electrical Malfunction  
(SL Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The SL solenoid valve is turned ON and OFF by signals from the Engine and ECT ECU to control the hydrau-  
lic pressure acting on the lock–up relay valve, then the signals control operation of the lock–up clutch.  
Fail safe function  
If the Engine and ECT ECU detects a malfunction, it turns the SL solenoid valve OFF.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Either (a) or (b) is detected for 1 time.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open or short on SL solenoid valve circuit  
S SL solenoid valve  
(a) Solenoid resistance is 8 Ω or less for short circuit when  
solenoid is energized.  
P0773  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
(b) Solenoid resistance is 100 kΩ or more for open circuit when  
solenoid is not energized.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engineand ECT ECU  
Transaxle  
SL Solenoid  
Valve  
2
E1  
19  
P
3
IE2  
3
IF2  
P
SL  
E18  
(RHD) (LHD)  
D10181  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–35  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Measure resistance between terminal SL of Engine and ECT ECU and body  
ground.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between the terminal SL of Engine and  
ECT ECU and the body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 11 – 15 Ω  
SL  
D07195  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
NG  
2
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and automatic  
transaxle solenoid connector.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the solenoid connector from the transaxle.  
CHECK:  
Check the harness and connector between the terminal SL of  
Engine and ECT ECU and the terminal 2 of solenoid connector.  
OK:  
There is no open or short circuit.  
2
SL  
D07196  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–36  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3
Check SL solenoid valve.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
(c) Disconnect the SL solenoid valve connector.  
(d) Remove the SL solenoid valve.  
CHECK:  
(a) Measure resistance between the terminal SL of shift sole-  
noid valve and the solenoid body.  
(b) Connect positive (+) lead to the terminal of solenoid con-  
nector, negative (–) lead to the solenoid body.  
OK:  
(+)  
(a) Resistance: 11 – 15 Ω  
(–)  
(b) The SL solenoid valve makes operation noise.  
Q0808
Q08087  
D04319  
NG  
Replace the SL solenoid valve.  
OK  
Check and replace or repair the solenoid  
wire.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–37  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI80B–01  
DTC  
P1520 Stop Light Switch Signal Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The purpose of this circuit is to prevent the engine from stalling, while driving in lock–up condition, when  
brakes are suddenly applied.  
When the brake pedal is operated, this switch sends a signals to Engine and ECT ECU. Then the Engine  
and ECT ECU cancels operation of the lock–up clutch while braking is in progress.  
DTC No.  
P1520  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
No stop light switch signal to Engine and ECT ECU during  
S Open or short in stop light switch circuit  
S Stop light switch  
driving.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Sedan:  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP  
1
IA  
6
10  
IG  
21  
3F  
8
3D  
5
W–R *  
W
G–W  
5
G–W  
STP  
E20  
6
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
FL  
G–W  
G–W  
ID1 II1  
Block  
ALT  
5
6
*
*
*1  
*2  
*1  
F
F
1 F15  
J/C  
W
D
D
*2  
High  
G–W  
Mounted  
Stop  
Light  
FL  
MAIN  
G–W  
1
2
2
6
4
Stop  
Light RH  
W–B W–B  
Stop Light  
LH  
4
*1: J12 (LHD), J28 (RHD)  
*2: J13 (LHD), J29 (RHD)  
*3: J10 (LHD), J30 (RHD)  
*4: J11 (LHD), J31 (RHD)  
*5: LHD  
A
J/C  
A
A
A
*4  
*4  
*4  
Battery  
W–B  
A
*3  
*3  
W–B  
*6: RHD  
W–B  
5
BM  
BL *  
6
BN *  
F13602  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–38  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Lift Back (LHD):  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
STOP  
6
E20  
21  
3F  
8
3D  
1
10  
IG  
W
G–W  
G–W  
W–R  
STP  
IA  
2
1
8 3C  
1 F17  
6
ID1  
FL  
Block  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
ALT  
D J14 D J14  
1
BD1  
1
F15  
J/C  
W
F J15 F J15  
G–W  
3
G–W High  
FL  
MAIN  
Mounted  
G–W  
1
5
3
Stop  
Stop  
Stop Light  
LH  
W–B  
Light  
Light RH  
2
5
W–B  
E
E
B
J15  
J15  
J15  
J/C  
W–B  
W–B  
Battery  
E J14  
W–B  
E J14 B J14  
W–B  
BO  
BP  
BQ  
Lift Back (RHD):  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP  
6
E20  
21  
3F  
8
1
IA  
10  
IG  
G–W  
G–W  
W
STP  
3D  
2
1
W
8 3C  
1
1
F17  
ALT  
F15  
5
II1  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
FL  
Block  
E J33 D J32  
J/C  
1
BD1  
E J33 E J33  
G–W  
W
G–W  
High  
G–W  
FL  
MAIN  
Mounted  
Stop  
1
2
3
5
Stop  
Light LH  
Stop Light  
RH  
Light  
5
3
Battery  
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
BQ  
BP  
BO  
F13603  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–39  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
Wagon:  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP  
Center J/B  
6
E20  
21  
3F  
8
1
10  
IG  
1
W–R *  
G–W  
G–W  
5
STP  
IA  
3D  
2
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
ALT  
F15  
1
6
J16 *  
J34 *  
FL  
Block  
G–W  
2
ID1 II1  
1
2
*
*
B
1
2
J17 *  
J35 *  
1
W
C
C
C
G–W  
Stop  
High  
G–W  
1
G–W  
FL  
MAIN  
Mounted  
Stop  
2
2
Stop Light  
RH  
Light  
Light LH  
2
A
4
A
4
A
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
1
2
J17 *  
J35 *  
Battery  
Junction Connector  
A
A
W–B  
W–B  
BR  
BS  
F13604  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–40  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when  
the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-  
ning or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich, etc. at the time of the malfunction.  
1
Check operation of stop light.  
PREPARATION:  
Check if the stop lights go on and off normally when the brake pedal is operated and released.  
NG  
Check and repair stop light circuit  
(See Pub. No. RM599E BE section).  
OK  
2
Check STP signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
Brake Pedal  
Depressed  
Brake Pedal  
Released  
CHECK:  
Read the STP signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
Brake pedal is depressed: STP ... ON  
Brake pedal is released:  
STP ... OFF  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
STP  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Check voltage between terminal STP of Engine and ECT ECU  
and body ground.  
(–)  
(+)  
OK:  
Brakepedal  
Depressed  
Released  
Voltage  
7.5 – 14 V  
Below 1.5 V  
D08714  
OK  
Check for intermittent problems (See page  
DI–18).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–41  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and stop light  
switch (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–42  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI61W–05  
DTC  
P1760 Linear Solenoid for Line Pressure Control  
Circuit malfunction (SLT Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The throttle pressure that is applied to the primary regulator  
valve (which modulates line pressure) causes the SLT solenoid  
valve, under electronic control, to precisely and minutely modu-  
lates and generates line pressure according to the accelerator  
pedal effort, or engine power output detected.  
Line Pressure Con-  
trol Pressure  
This reduces the function of line pressure and provides smooth  
shifting characteristics.  
Upon receiving the throttle valve opening angle signal, Engine  
and ECT ECU controls the line pressure by sending a predeter-  
mined (*) duty ratio to the solenoid valve, modulating the line  
pressure, generating throttle pressure.  
Current Flow to Solenoid D02635  
(*) Duty Ratio  
ON  
The duty ratio is the ratio of the period of continuity in one cycle.  
For example, if A is the period of continuity in one cycle, and B  
is the period of non–continuity, then  
OFF  
1 cycle  
A
A + B  
Duty Ratio =  
x 100 (%)  
BE4056  
DTC No.  
P1760  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
(a) or (b) condition below is detected for 1 second or more.  
S Open or short in SLT solenoid valve circuit  
S SLT solenoid valve  
–
(a) SLT terminal:0V  
–
(b) SLT terminal:12V  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
HINT:  
Refer to the chart for the wave form between terminals SLT+  
and SLT– during engine idling.  
5 V / Div.  
GND  
1 msec. / Div.  
D01875  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–43  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Transaxle  
1
E1  
2
2
6
LG–B  
LG–B  
P–B  
+
E18 SLT  
IE2 IF2  
(RHD) (LHD)  
SLT  
Solenoid  
Valve  
4
E1  
1
1
5
P–B  
–
IE2 IF2  
SLT  
E18  
(RHD)(LHD)  
D10182  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–44  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check SLT solenoid valve.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
2
1
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
(c) Disconnect the solenoid connector.  
Check solenoid resistance:  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of solenoid con-  
nector.  
OK:  
Resistance: 5.0 – 5.6 Ω at 20 °C (68°F)  
Check solenoid operation:  
CHECK:  
Connect positive (+) lead with an 8 ∼ 10 W bulb to terminal 1 of  
solenoid connector and negative (–) lead to terminal 2, then  
check the movement of the valve.  
OK:  
1
(+)  
(–)  
2
Valvemovesin  
direction  
Whenbattery voltage is applied.  
When battery voltage is cut off.  
inthe illustration.  
D01888  
D01889  
D01887  
D02235  
Valvemovesin  
direction  
inthe illustration.  
NG  
Replace SLT solenoid valve.  
OK  
2
Check harness and connector between SLT solenoid valve and Engine and ECT  
ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–45  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI80C–01  
DTC  
P1780 Neutral Start Switch Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The neutral start switch detects the shift lever range and sends the signals to the Engine and ECT ECU.  
The Engine and ECT ECU receives the signals (NSW, R, 2 and L) from the neutral start switch, when the  
signal is not sent to the Engine and ECT ECU from the neutral start switch, the Engine and ECT ECU judges  
that the shift lever is in the D range.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
2 or more switches are ON simultaneously for ”N”, ”R”, ”2” or  
”L” range.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
When driving under the conditions (a), (b) and (c) for 30 se-  
conds or more, the park/neutral position switch is ON (N posi-  
tion).  
S Short in neutral start switch circuit  
S Neutral start switch  
P1780  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
(a) Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50 mph) or more  
(b) Engine speed: 1,500 – 5,000 rpm  
(c) Manifold absolute pressure: 300 mmHg or more  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–46  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Neutral Start Switch  
12  
E20  
8
Y–G  
O
LL  
L
2
3
E20  
3
2L 4  
RL 2  
9
R–L  
Center J/B  
3
3C  
3
3D  
2
R–B  
R–B  
E20 R  
Center J/B  
7
3E  
13  
E20  
20  
3D  
B–W  
6
B–W  
NSW  
20 3E  
W–B  
B–W  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
GAUGE  
Ignition Switch  
10  
5
10  
10  
3A  
R–L  
B–Y  
5
3C  
IC  
IF  
8
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
ST  
1
ID  
2
ID  
6
4
R
W–R  
4
IC  
IE  
B–W  
2A  
3
ST2 AM2  
Engine Room J/B  
W–R  
W
3
MAIN  
1
AM2  
6
2A  
6
2C  
2
1
2
3
1
2D  
5
A
Starter Relay  
To Starter  
1
2H  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1  
*1  
*2  
1
2
W
J9 J20  
Junction  
2 *  
1 *  
FL Block  
ALT  
1
F15  
2
3
W
W
1
Connector  
2
IA  
IC  
F17  
1
IJ *  
FL MAIN  
2
Battery  
II *  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
D10185  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–47  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Read NSW, REVERSE, 2ND and LOW signals.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Shift the shift lever to the P, R, N, 2 and L ranges, and read the  
NSW, REVERSE, 2ND and LOW signals on the hand–held tes-  
ter.  
OK:  
Shiftrange  
Signal  
P, N  
R
NSW OFF → ON  
REVERSE OFF → ON  
2ND OFF → ON  
LOW OFF → ON  
2
L
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
ON  
R
2
Measure voltage between the terminals NSW, R, 2 and L of En-  
gine and ECT ECU and the body ground when the shift lever  
is shifted to the following ranges.  
NSW  
(+)  
L
(–)  
OK:  
D07198  
NSW–Body R–Body  
2–Body  
ground  
L–Body  
ground  
Range  
ground  
ground  
P, N  
R
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
7.5 – 14 V* 7.5 – 14 V*  
D
7.5 – 14 V  
7.5 – 14 V  
7.5 – 14 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
0 V  
2
7.5 – 14 V  
0 V  
0 V  
L
7.5 – 14 V  
*: The voltage will drop slightly due to lighting up of the back up  
light.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–48  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check neutral start switch.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the neutral start switch.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between each terminal shown below when the  
shift lever is moved to each range.  
5 4 3 2 1  
8 7  
9
6
ShiftRange  
Terminal No. to continuity  
P
R
N
2
–
6 – 9  
D06561  
2 – 3  
–
–
6 – 9  
–
3 – 4  
3 – 8  
L
–
OK:  
There is continuity.  
NG  
Replace the neutral start switch.  
OK  
Repair or replace harness and connector between battery and neutral start switch, neutral start  
switch and Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–49  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI80D–01  
O/D Main Switch & O/D OFF Indicator Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
The O/D main switch contacts go open when the switch is pushed in and go closed when it is pushed once  
again. In O/D main switch OFF position, the O/D OFF indicator light lights up, and the Engine and ECT ECU  
prohibits shifting to O/D.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
O/D OFF Indicator Light  
(Combination Meter)  
Engine and ECT ECU  
19  
9
8
L
L
C11  
C11  
E20  
OD2  
B–O  
L
Center J/B  
O/D Main Switch  
10  
3F  
10  
3A  
2
4
R–L  
W–B  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
13  
5
IC  
13  
3A  
GAUGE  
10  
IF  
3C  
B–Y  
W–B  
Ignition Switch  
8
5
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument  
Panel  
J/B  
4
1
IE  
IC  
W
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1  
2
3
IC  
2
1
IA  
W–B  
W
FL  
Block  
1
2
2 *  
1 *  
FL  
MAIN  
1
ALT  
W
A
J1 (LHD)  
J27 (RHD)  
F17  
F15  
Junction Connector  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
Battery  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
D10177  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–50  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
O/D OFF indicator light does not light up  
1
Check O/D main switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the O/D main switch connector.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between the terminals 2 and 4 of the O/D main  
switch connector.  
OK:  
O/D main switch  
Specifiedcondition  
No continuity  
Continuity  
ON  
Q08078  
OFF  
NG  
Replace the O/D main switch.  
OK  
2
Check and replace the combination meter (See page BE–1).  
NG  
Replace the combination meter.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–51  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
3
Check OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and the hand–held tester  
main switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal on the hand–held tes-  
ter.  
OK:  
O/D main switch condition  
O/D ON (Pushed in)  
OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal  
OFF  
ON  
O/D OFF (Pushed once again)  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Check voltage between the terminal OD2 of Engine and ECT  
ECU and the body ground.  
OK:  
OD2  
(–)  
(+)  
O/D main switch  
Voltage  
Below 3 V  
9 – 14  
D07199  
ON  
OFF  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–52  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
4
Check harness and connector between O/D OFF indicator light and Engine and  
ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector (E6) of Engine and ECT ECU and the  
connector (C14) of the combination meter.  
CHECK:  
Measure the continuity between the connector (E6) of Engine  
and ECT ECU and the connector (C14) of the combination me-  
ter.  
OK:  
Continuity  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Repair or replace the wire harness or con-  
nectors between the connector of Engine  
and ECT ECU and the body ground.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–53  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
O/D OFF indicator light remains ON  
1
Check O/D main switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the O/D main switch connector.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between the terminals 2 and 4 of O/D main  
switch connector.  
OK:  
O/D main switch  
Resistance  
No continuity  
Continuity  
ON  
Q08078  
OFF  
NG  
Repair the O/D main switch.  
OK  
2
Check harness and connector between O/D OFF indicator light and O/D main  
switch, O/D OFF indicator light and Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–54  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI336–03  
Pattern Select Switch Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The Engine & ECT ECU memory contains the shift programs for the NORMAL, POWER and SNOW (w/  
SNOW mode) patterns, 2 range, L range and the lock–up patterns. By following the programs corresponding  
to the signals from the pattern select switch, the neutral start switch and other various sensors, the Engine  
& ECT ECT switches the solenoid valves ON and OFF, and controls the transaxle gear change and the lock–  
up clutch operation.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Pattern Select Switch  
NORM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
16  
5
3
P–B  
SNWI  
E5  
E5  
E20  
SNOW  
PWR  
Center J/B  
2
28  
15  
3D  
15  
3B  
P
P
E5  
PWR  
E20  
R–L  
15 3F  
Combination Meter  
ECT SNOW  
P
7
9
C11  
22  
C10  
R–Y  
B–O  
B–O  
E21 SNWO  
3F 10  
3F 1  
10 3B  
22  
C11  
Center  
J/B  
14  
C10  
24  
W–B  
W–B  
C10  
10 3A  
ECT PWR  
1
C10  
R–L  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition Switch  
W–B  
GAUGE  
5
10  
IF  
B–Y  
5
8
IC  
IG1  
AM1  
1
J1 *  
A
2
W
J27 *  
Junction  
Connector  
FL  
Block  
Instrument Panel J/B  
1
1
2 *  
II *  
FL  
MAIN  
2
Battery  
2
AM1  
3
2
1 *  
IJ *  
1
F15  
ALT  
W
W
2
1
IC  
IA  
F17  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
D10184  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–55  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check PATTERN SEL SW signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the DLC3 cover.  
(b) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the PATTERN SEL SW signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
Pattern select switch  
POWER  
PATTERN SEL SW signal  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
NORM  
SNOW  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
ON  
PWR  
SNWI  
Measure voltage between terminal each of PWR, SNWI of En-  
gine & ECT ECU and body ground when the pattern select  
switch is set to the PWR (POWER), NORM (NORMAL) or  
SNOW (SNOW) position.  
OK:  
D10187  
Switchposition  
PWR  
Testerconnection  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
Specifiedcondition  
9 – 14 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
9 – 14 V  
NORM  
SNOW  
HINT:  
The Engine & ECT ECU uses the normal pattern signal if the  
PWR and SNWI signals are not input.  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
symptom problems table (See page DI–18).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–56  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check pattern select switch  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the pattern select switch connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3 (PWR, NORM), 3  
and 5 (SNOW) of pattern select switch connector when the se-  
lect switch is set to PWR, NORM or SNOW position.  
OK:  
3
5
Switchposition  
PWR  
Testerconnection  
2 – 3  
Specifiedcondition  
Continuity  
D10186  
NORM  
2 – 3, 3 – 5  
3 – 5  
No continuity  
Continuity  
SNOW  
NG  
Replace the pattern select switch.  
OK  
3
Check harness and connector between battery and pattern select switch, pattern  
select switch and Engine & ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine & ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–57  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
DI80E–01  
Kick–down Switch Circuit (LHD)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The kick–down switch is turned ON when the accelerator pedal is depressed beyond the full throttle opening  
and sends signals to Engine and ECT ECU.  
When the kick–down switch is turned ON, the Engine and ECT ECU controls gear shifting according to the  
programmed shift diagrams.  
If a short circuit develops in the kick–down switch, the Engine and ECT ECU disregards the kick–down sig-  
nals and controls shifting at the normal shift points.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Kick–down  
Switch  
4
Y
1
2
E20  
KD  
W–B  
W–B  
Center J/B  
22  
3F  
9
3F  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W–B  
1
13  
3A  
4
4
3F  
W–B  
IC  
IE  
A
J1 (LHD)  
J27 (RHD)  
Junction  
Connector  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
D10183  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–58  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check KICK DOWN SW signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the DLC3 cover.  
(b) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the KICK DOWN SW signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
KICK DOWN  
AcceleratorPedal  
SW signal  
Fully depressed (kick–down SW is ON)  
Released (kick–down SW is OFF)  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
OFF  
KD  
ON  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Measure voltage between terminal KD of Engine and ECT ECU  
connector and body ground when accelerator pedal is fully de-  
pressed or not.  
OK:  
(–)  
(+)  
D07200  
AcceleratorPedal  
Fully depressed (kick–down SW is on)  
Released (kick–down SW is OFF)  
Voltage  
Below 1 V  
10 – 14 V  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
problem symptoms table (See page DI–18).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–59  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(A246E)  
2
Check kick–down switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the kick–down switch connector.  
CHECK:  
1
Check continuity at each terminal of kick–down switch connec-  
tor.  
OK:  
2
Kick–down Switch  
Specifiedcontinuity  
Continuity  
ON  
D01519  
OFF  
No continuity  
NG  
Replace kick–down switch  
OK  
3
Check harness and connector between Engine & ECT ECU and kick–down  
switch, kick–down switch and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine & ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–60  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (U240E)  
DI2L4–11  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING  
Vehicle Brought to Workshop  
are titles of pages in this manual, with the  
Items inside  
page number indicated in the bottom portion. See the indicated  
pages for detailed explanations.  
Customer Problem Analysis  
P. DI–61  
1
2
Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3.  
If the display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE” when you have connected the  
hand–held tester, inspect DLC3 P. DI–62  
3
4
Check DTC and Freeze Frame Data (Precheck)  
Record or Print DTC and Freeze Frame Data P DI–62  
Clear DTC and Freeze Frame Data P. DI–74  
Visual Inspection  
5
6
7
Setting the Check Mode Diagnosis P. DI–62  
Symptom does not occur  
8
Symptom Simulation  
Problem Symptom Confirmation  
Symptom occur  
P. IN–20  
11  
9
OK Code  
DTC Check  
P. DI–62  
NG  
Basic Inspection  
P. DI–62  
OK  
12  
NG  
10  
Mechanical System Test  
P. DI–62  
DTC Chart  
P. DI–74  
13  
OK  
NG  
OK  
Manual Shifting Test  
P. DI–62  
14  
Problem Symptoms Table– P. DI–79  
Chapter 3  
(Off–Vehicle)  
P. DI–79  
Chapter 1  
(Electronic)  
P. DI–79  
Chapter 2  
(On–Vehicle)  
P. DI–79  
NG  
OK  
OK  
NG  
NG  
15  
16  
Parts Inspection  
S Neutral Start Switch Circuit (Except Europe) Check  
S Kick–down Switch Circuit Check  
Circuit  
Inspection  
P. DI–82 to DI–124  
17  
18  
Identification of Problem  
Confirmation Test  
End  
Repair  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–61  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI2L5–06  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK  
Automatic Transaxle  
System Check Sheet  
Inspector’s  
Name  
:
Registration No.  
/
/
Customer’s Name  
Registration Year  
Frame No.  
Date Vehicle  
Brought In  
km  
mile  
Odometer Reading  
/
/
Date Problem  
Occurred  
/
/
How Often Does  
Problem Occur?  
Intermittent (  
times a day)  
Continuous  
Vehicle does not move (  
Any range  
1st → 2nd 2nd → 3rd  
O/D → 3rd 3rd → 2nd  
Particular range)  
No up–shift  
(
3rd → O/D)  
No down–shift  
(
2nd → 1st)  
Lock–up malfunction  
Shift point too high or too low  
Symptoms  
Harsh engagement (  
Slip or shudder  
No kick–down  
Others  
N → D  
Lock–up  
Any drive range)  
Malfunction  
Indicator Lamp  
Normal  
Check Item  
DTC Check  
Remains ON  
Malfunction code (DTC  
Malfunction code (DTC  
)
)
Normal code  
Normal code  
1st Time  
2nd Time  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–62  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI80F–01  
PRE–CHECK  
1.  
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM  
(a) Description  
S
When troubleshooting Euro–OBD vehicles, the  
only difference from the usual troubleshooting pro-  
cedure is that you connect an OBD scan tool com-  
plying with ISO15031–4 or hand–held tester to the  
vehicle, and read off various data output from the  
vehicle’s engine and ECT ECU.  
S
Euro–OBD regulations require that the vehicle’s  
on–board computer lights up the check engine  
warning light (CHK ENG) on the instrument panel  
when the computer detects a malfunction in the  
computer itself or in drive system components  
which affect vehicle emissions. In addition to the  
CHK ENG lighting up when a malfunction is de-  
tected, the applicable DTCs prescribed by  
ISO15031–6 are recorded in the engine and ECT  
ECU memory (See page DI–74).  
A13822  
If the malfunction only occurs in 3 trips, the CHK  
ENG goes off but the DTCs remain recorded in the  
engine and ECT ECU memory.  
S
S
To check the DTCs, connect an OBD scan tool or  
hand–held tester to the Data Link Connector  
(DLC3) on the vehicle. The OBD scan tool or hand–  
held tester also enables you to erase the DTCs and  
check freeze frame data and various forms of en-  
gine data (For instruction book).  
Hand–held Tester  
DTCs include ISO controlled codes and manufac-  
turer controlled codes.  
DLC3  
ISO controlled codes must be set as prescribed by  
the ISO, while manufacturer controlled codes can  
be set freely by the manufacturer within the pre-  
scribed limits (See DTC chart on page DI–74).  
D01600  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–63  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
S
The diagnosis system operates in normal mode  
during normal vehicle use, and also has a check  
mode for technicians to simulate malfunction symp-  
toms and perform troubleshooting. Most DTCs use  
2 trip detection logic(*) to prevent erroneous detec-  
tion. By switching the engine and ECT ECU to  
check mode when troubleshooting, the technician  
can cause the CHK ENG to light up and for a mal-  
function that is only detected once or momentarily  
(hand–held tester) (See page DI–62).  
S
*2 trip detection logic:  
When a logic malfunction is first detected, the mal-  
function is temporarily stored in the engine andECT  
ECU memory. If the same malfunction is detected  
again during the 2nd test drive, this 2nd detection  
causes the CHK ENG to light up .  
(b) Inspect the DLC3.  
The vehicle’s engine and ECT ECU uses ISO 9141–2 for  
communication. The terminal arrangement of DLC3 com-  
plies with ISO15031–3 and matches the ISO 9141–2 for-  
mat.  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  
910111213141516  
DLC3  
A04550  
Testerconnection  
7 (Bus ę Line) – 5 (Signal ground)  
4 (Chassis Ground) – Body  
16 (B+) – Body  
Condition  
Specifiedcondition  
Pulsegeneration  
1 Ω or less  
Duringcommunication  
Always  
Always  
9 – 14 V  
HINT:  
If your display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE”  
when you have connected the cable of OBD scan tool or hand–  
held tester to the DLC3, turned the ignition switch ON and oper-  
ated the scan tool, there is a problem on the vehicle side or tool  
side.  
S
If communication is normal when the tool is connected to  
another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.  
If communication is still not possible when the tool is con-  
nected connected to another vehicle, the problem is prob-  
ably in the tool itself, so consult the Service Department  
listed in the tool’s instruction manual.  
S
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–64  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2.  
INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Normal Mode)  
(a) Check the CHK ENG.  
(1) The CHK ENG comes on when the ignition switch  
is turned ON and the engine is not running.  
HINT:  
If the CHK ENG does not light up, troubleshoot the combination  
meter (See page BE–1).  
(2) When the engine is started, the CHK ENG should  
go off. If the lamp remains on, the diagnosis system  
has detected a malfunction or abnormality in the  
system.  
A13822  
(b) Check the DTC.  
NOTICE:  
Hand–held Tester  
Hand–held tester only: When the diagnostic system is  
switched from the normal mode to the check mode, it  
erases all DTCs and freeze frame data recorded in normal  
mode. So before switching modes, always check the DTCs  
and freeze frame data, and note them down.  
(1) Prepare an OBD scan tool or hand–held tester.  
(2) Connect the OBD scan tool or hand–held tester to  
the DLC3 at the lower of the instrument panel.  
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the OBD scan  
tool or hand–held tester switch ON.  
DLC3  
D01600  
(4) Use the OBD scan tool or hand–held tester to check  
the DTCs and freeze frame data and note them  
down (For operating instructions, see the OBD scan  
tool’s instruction book).  
(5) See page DI–74 to confirm the details of the DTCs.  
NOTICE:  
When simulating symptoms with an OBD scan tool (ex-  
cluding hand–held tester) to check the DTCs, use normal  
mode. For codes on the DTCs chart subject to ”2 trip detec-  
tion logic”, turn the ignition switch OFF after the symptom  
is simulated the 1st time. Then repeat the simulation pro-  
cess again. When the problem has been simulated twice,  
the CHK ENG is indicated on the instrument panel and  
DTCs are recorded in the engine and ECT ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–65  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
3.  
INSPECT DIAGNOSIS (Check Mode)  
HINT:  
Hand–held tester only: Compared to the normal mode, the  
check mode has high sensing ability to detect malfunctions.  
Furthermore, the same diagnostic items which are detected in  
Normal mode can also be detected in the check mode.  
(a) Check the DTC.  
(1) Check the initial conditions.  
S
S
S
S
Battery positive voltage 11 V or more.  
Throttle valve fully closed.  
Transaxle in P position.  
A/C switched off.  
(2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(3) Prepare the hand–held tester.  
(4) Connect the hand–held tester to DLC3 at the lower  
of the instrument panel.  
Hand–held Tester  
(5) Turn the ignition switch ON and switch the hand–  
held tester ON.  
DLC3  
D01600  
(6) Switch the hand–held tester from normal mode to  
check mode (Check that the CHK ENG flashes).  
(7) Start the engine (CHK ENG goes out after the en-  
gine starts).  
(8) Simulate the conditions of the malfunction de-  
scribed by the customer.  
0.13 sec.  
ON  
0.13 sec.  
NOTICE:  
OFF  
Leave the ignition switch ON until you have checked the  
DTCs, etc.  
BR3904  
(9) After simulating the malfunction conditions, use the  
hand–held tester diagnosis selector to check the  
DTCs and freeze frame data, etc.  
HINT:  
Take care not to turn the ignition switch OFF, as turning it off  
switches the diagnosis system from check mode to normal  
mode, so all DTCs, etc. are erased.  
(10) After checking the DTC, inspect the applicable cir-  
cuit.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–66  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
(b) Clear the DTC.  
The following actions will erase the DTC and freezed  
frame data. Operating an OBD scan tool or hand–held  
tester to erase the codes (See the OBD scan tool’s  
instruction book for operating instructions.).  
4.  
PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION  
Taking into consideration the results of the customer problem analysis, try to reproduce the symptoms of the  
trouble. If the problem is that the transaxle does not shift up, shift down, or the shift point is too high or too  
low conduct the following road test referring to the automatic shift schedule and simulate the problem symp-  
toms.  
5.  
ROAD TEST  
NOTICE:  
Conduct the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
(a) D range test  
Shift into the D range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check up–shift operation.  
Check to see that 1 → 2, 2 → 3 and 3 → O/D up–shift takes place, and that the shift points con-  
form to the automatic shift schedule (See page SS–23).  
HINT:  
S
O/D Gear Up–shift Prohibition Control (1. Water temp. is 60 °C (140 °F) or less. 2. If there is a 10 km/h  
(6 mph) difference between the set cruise control speed and vehicle speed.)  
O/D Gear Lock–up Prohibition Control (1. Brake pedal is depressed. 2. Water temp. is 60 °C (140 °F)  
or lower)  
S
(2) Check for shift shock and slip.  
Check for shock and slip at the 1 → 2, 2 → 3 and 3 → O/D up–shift.  
(3) Check for abnormal noises and vibration.  
Run in D range lock–up or O/D gear and check for abnormal noises and vibration.  
HINT:  
The check for the cause of abnormal noises and vibration must be done very thoroughly as it could also be  
sure to loss of balance in the differential, torque converter, etc.  
(4) Check kick–down operation.  
While running in the D range, 2nd, 3rd and O/D gears, check to see that the possible kick–down  
vehicle speed limits for 2 → 1, 3 → 2 and O/D → 3 kick–downs conform to those indicated in the  
automatic shift schedule (See page SS–23).  
(5) Check for abnormal shock and slip at kick–down.  
(6) Check the lock–up mechanism.  
S
Drive in D range O/D gear, at a steady speed (lock–up ON) of about 60 km/h (37 mph).  
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal and check that the engine speed does not change  
abruptly.  
S
If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock–up.  
(b) 2 range test  
Shift into the 2 range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check up–shift operation.  
Check to see that the 1 → 2 up–shift takes place and that the shift point conforms to the automatic  
shift schedule (See page SS–23).  
HINT:  
There is no O/D up–shift and lock–up in the 2 range.  
(2) Check engine braking.  
While running in the 2 range and 2nd gear, release the accelerator pedal and check the engine  
braking effect.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–67  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
(3) Check for abnormal noises during acceleration and deceleration, and for shock at up–shift and  
down–shift.  
(c) L range test  
Shift into the L range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following points:  
(1) Check no up–shift.  
While running in the L range, check that there is no up–shift to 2nd gear.  
(2) Check engine braking.  
While running in the L range, release the accelerator pedal and check the engine braking effect.  
(3) Check for abnormal noises during acceleration and deceleration.  
(d) R range test  
Shift into the R range and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check for slipping.  
CAUTION:  
Before conducting this test ensure that the test area is free from people and obstruction.  
(e) P range test  
Stop the vehicle on a grade (more than 5°) and after shifting into the P range, release the parking  
brake. Then, check to see that the parking lock pawl holds the vehicle in place.  
6.  
BASIC INSPECTION  
(a) Check the fluid level.  
HINT:  
Drive the vehicle so that the engine and transaxle are at normal  
operating temperature.  
Fluid temperature: 70 – 80 °C (158 – 176 °F)  
(1) Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the park-  
ing brake.  
(2) With the engine idling and the brake pedal de-  
pressed, shift the shift lever into all ranges from P  
to L range and return to P range.  
(3) Pull out the dipstick and wipe it clean.  
(4) Push it back fully into the pipe.  
D01529  
(5) Pull it out and check that the fluid level is in the HOT  
range.  
OK if hot  
If the level is not within the range, add new fluid.  
Fluid type: ATF Type T–IV  
Add if hot  
NOTICE:  
Do not overfill.  
(b) Check the fluid condition.  
If the fluid smells burnt or is black, replace it.  
AT3417  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–68  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
(c) Replace the ATF.  
(1) Remove the drain plug and drain the fluid.  
(2) Reinstall the drain plug securely.  
D07261  
AT8562  
AT3417  
(3) With the engine OFF add new fluid through the oil  
filler pipe.  
Fluid type: ATF Type T–IV  
Capacity: 4.1 liters (4.3 US qts, 3.6 Imp.qts)  
(4) Start the engine and shift the shift lever into all  
ranges from P to L range and then shift into P range.  
(5) With the engine idling, check the fluid level. Add  
fluid up to the COOL level on the dipstick.  
(6) Check the fluid level at the normal operating tem-  
perature, 70 – 80 °C (158 – 176 °F), and add as  
necessary.  
OK if hot  
Add if hot  
NOTICE:  
Do not overfill.  
(d) Check the fluid leaks.  
Check for leaks in the transaxle.  
If there are leaks, it is necessary to repair or replace O–rings,  
FIPGs, oil seals, plugs or other parts.  
(e) Inspect and adjust the shift lever position.  
When shifting the shift lever from the N range to other  
positions, check that the lever can be shifted smoothly  
and accurately to each range and that the position indica-  
tor is not aligned with the correct position.  
If the indicator is not aligned with the correct position, carry out  
the following adjustment procedures.  
(1) Loosen the nut on the shift lever.  
(2) Push the control shaft fully downward.  
D07258  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–69  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
(3) Return the control shaft lever 2 notches to N range.  
(4) Set the shift lever to N range.  
(5) While holding the shift lever lightly toward the R  
range side, tighten the shift lever nut.  
Torque: 13 N·m (130 kgf·cm, 9 ft·lbf)  
N
(6) Start the engine and make sure that the vehicle  
moves forward when shifting the lever from the N to  
D range and reverses when shifting it to the R  
range.  
R
P
D07260  
(f)  
Inspect and adjust the neutral start switch.  
Check that the engine can be started with the shift lever  
only in the N or P range, but not in other ranges.  
Neutral Basic  
Line  
Bolt  
If it is not as stated above, carry out the following adjustment  
procedures.  
(1) Loosen the neutral start switch bolt and set the shift  
lever to the N range.  
Bolt  
(2) Align the groove and the neutral basic line.  
(3) Holding the shift selector, and tighten the bolt.  
Torque: 5.4 N·m (55 kgf·cm, 48 in.·lbf)  
HINT:  
Groove  
D07257  
For continuity inspection of the neutral start switch, see page  
DI–112.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–70  
7.  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS  
(a) Measure the stall speed.  
The object of this test is to check the overall performance of the transaxle and engine by measuring  
the stall speeds in the D and R ranges.  
NOTICE:  
S
S
S
S
Do the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
Do not continuously run this test for longer than 5 seconds.  
To ensure safety, do this test in a wide, clear level area which provides good traction.  
The stall test should always be carried out in pairs. One technician should observe the condi-  
tions of wheels or wheel stoppers outside the vehicle while the other is doing the test.  
(1) Chock the 4 wheels.  
(2) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(3) Fully apply the parking brake.  
(4) Keep your left foot pressing firmly on the brake pedal.  
(5) Start the engine.  
(6) Shift into the D range. Press all the way down on the accelerator pedal with your right foot.  
(7) Quickly read the stall speed at this time.  
Stall speed: 2,550 ± 150 rpm  
(8) Do the same test in the R range.  
Stall speed: 2,550 ± 150 rpm  
Evaluation:  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S Engine output may be insufficient  
S Stator one–way clutch not operating properly  
HINT: If more than 600 rpm below the specified value, the torque  
converter could be faulty.  
(a) Stall speed low in D and R ranges  
(b) Stall speed high in D range  
S Line pressure too low  
S Forward clutch slipping  
S No.2 one–way clutch not operating properly  
S O/D clutch slipping  
S Line pressure too low  
S Direct clutch slipping  
S 1st & reverse brake slipping  
S O/D clutch slipping  
(c) Stall speed high in R range  
S Line pressure too low  
(d) Stall speed high in D and R ranges  
S Improperfluidlevel  
S O/D one–way clutch not operating properly  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–71  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
(b) Measure the time lag.  
When the shift lever is shifted while the engine is idling, there will be a certain time lapse or lag before  
the shock can be felt. This is used for checking the condition of the O/D direct clutch, forward clutch,  
and 1st & reverse brake.  
NOTICE:  
S
S
S
Do the test at normal operating ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
Be sure to allow 1 minute interval between tests.  
Take 3 measurements and take the average value.  
(1) Chock the 4 wheels.  
(2) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(3) Start engine and check idle speed.  
Idle speed: 675 ± 50 rpm (In N range and A/C OFF)  
(4) Shift the lever from N to D range. Using a stop watch, measure the time from when the lever is  
shifted until the shock is felt.  
Time lag: N → D less than 1.2 seconds  
(5) In the same way, measure the time lag for N → R.  
Time lag: N → R less than 1.5 seconds  
Evaluation (If N → D or N → R time lag is longer than the specified):  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S Line pressure too low  
N → D time lag is longer  
N → R time lag is longer  
S Forward clutch worn  
S O/D No. 2 one–way clutch not operating properly  
S Line pressure too low  
S Direct clutch worn  
S 1st & reverse brake worn  
S O/D one–way clutch not operating properly  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–72  
8.  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
HYDRAULIC TEST  
Measure the line pressure.  
NOTICE:  
S
Do the test at normal operation ATF temperature 50 – 80 °C (122 – 176 °F).  
The line pressure test should always be carried out in pairs. One technician should observe  
the conditions of wheels or wheel stopper outside the vehicle while the other is doing the test.  
Be careful to prevent SST’s hose from interfering with the exhaust pipe.  
(1) Warm up the ATF.  
S
S
(2) Remove the test plug on the rear side of the transaxle case and connect SST (See page AX–33  
for the location to connect SST).  
SST 09992–00095 (09992– 00231, 09992–00271)  
(3) Fully apply the parking brake and chock the 4 wheels.  
(4) Connect a hand–held tester to DLC3.  
(5) Start the engine and check idling speed.  
(6) Keep your left foot pressing firmly on the brake pedal and shift into D range.  
(7) Measure the line pressure when the engine is idling.  
(8) Depress the accelerator pedal all the way down. Quickly read the highest line pressure when  
engine speed reaches stall speed.  
(9) In the same way, do the test in R range.  
Specified line pressure:  
2
2
Condition  
Idling  
D range  
kPa (kgf / cm , psi)  
R range  
kPa (kgf / cm , psi)  
372 – 412 (3.8 – 4.2, 54 – 59)  
640 – 742 (6.5 – 7.6, 93 – 107)  
Stall  
931 – 1,031 (9.5 – 10.5, 134 – 149)  
1,768 – 1,968 (18.0 – 20.1, 255 – 286)  
Evaluation:  
Problem  
Possible cause  
S Throttle valve defective  
If the measured values at all ranges are higher  
If the measured values at all ranges are lower  
S Regulator valve detective  
S Throttle valve defective  
S Regulator valve defective  
S Oil pump defective  
S O/D direct clutch defective  
S D range circuit fluid leakage  
If pressure is low in the D range only  
If pressure is low in the R range only  
S Forward clutch defective  
S R range circuit fluid leakage  
S Direct clutch defective  
S 1st & reverse brake defective  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–73  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
9.  
MANUAL SHIFTING TEST  
HINT:  
By this test, it can be determined whether the trouble is within  
the electrical circuit or is a mechanical problem in the transaxle.  
(a) Disconnect the solenoid wire.  
(b) Inspect the manual driving operation.  
Check that the shift and gear positions correspond to the  
table below.  
While driving, shift through the L, 2 and D ranges.  
Check that the gear change corresponds to the shift  
range.  
D09299  
Shiftrange  
Gearposition  
O/D  
D
2
O/D  
L
1st  
R
P
Reverse  
Pawl Lock  
HINT:  
If the L, 2 and D range gear positions are difficult to distinguish,  
do the above read test.  
If any abnormality is found in the above test, the problem is in  
the transaxle itself.  
(c) Connect the solenoid wire.  
(d) Cancel out the DTC.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–74  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RF–03  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART  
If a DTC is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for that code in the table below and pro-  
ceed to the page given.  
DTC No.  
Check engine  
*2  
DetectionItem  
TroubleArea  
Memory  
*1  
(See Page)  
warning light  
S Open or short in vehicle speed sensor circuit  
S Vehicle speed sensor  
P0500  
VehicleSpeed Sensor  
Malfunction  
S Combinationmeter  
f
f
f
(DI–82)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Automatictransaxleassembly  
S Open or short in ATF temperature sensor circuit  
P0710  
Transmission Fluid Temperature  
SensorMalfunction  
S ATF temperature sensor  
f
(DI–85)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
Transmission Fluid Temperature S Open or short in ATF temperature sensor circuit  
3
P0711 *  
SensorRnge/Performanceprob- S ATF temperature sensor  
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
(DI–85)  
lem  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
3
P0750 *  
Shift Solenoid A Malfunction  
(SL1 Solenoid Valve)  
S SL1 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
(DI–87)  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
Shift Solenoid A Electrical Mal-  
function  
S Open or short in SL1 solenoid valve circuit  
S SL1 solenoid valve  
P0753  
(DI–89)  
(SL1 Solenoid Valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
3
P0755 *  
Shift Solenoid B Malfunction  
(SL2 Solenoid Valve)  
S SL2 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
(DI–87)  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
Shift Solenoid B Electrical Mal-  
function  
S Open or short in SL2 solenoid valve circuit  
S SL2 solenoid valve  
P0758  
(DI–89)  
(SL2 Solenoid Valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
3
P0765 *  
Shift Solenoid D Malfunction  
(S4 Solenoid Valve)  
S S4 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
(DI–87)  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
Shift Solenoid D Electrical Mal-  
function  
S Open or short in S4 solenoid valve circuit  
S S4 solenoid valve  
P0768  
(DI–89)  
(S4 Solenoid Valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S DSL solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
S Lock–up clutch  
3
P0770 *  
Shift Solenoid E Malfunction  
(DSL Solenoid Valve)  
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
(DI–95)  
Shift Solenoid E Electrical Mal-  
function  
S Open or short in shift solenoid valve DSL circuit  
P0773  
S DSL solenoid valve  
(DI–97)  
(DSL Solenoid Valve)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Open or short in stop light switch circuit  
P1520  
Stop Light Switch Circuit  
S Stop light switch  
(DI–100)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
NT Revolution Sensor Circuit  
Malfunction  
S Open or short in input turbine speed sensor circuit  
P1725  
S Input turbine speed sensor  
(DI–105)  
(Input Turbine Speed Sensor)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
NC Revolution Sensor Circuit  
Malfunction  
S Open or short in counter gear speed sensor circuit  
P1730  
S Counter gear speed sensor  
(DI–107)  
(Counter Gear Speed Sensor)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
LinearSolenoidforAccumulator  
Pressure Control Circuit Mal-  
function  
S Open or short in SLT solenoid valve circuit  
S SLT solenoid valve  
P1760  
f
f
f
f
(DI–109)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
(SLT Solenoid Valve)  
S Short in neutral start switch circuit  
S Neutral start switch  
P1780  
Neutral Start Switch Malfunction  
(DI–112)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–75  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
*1: ”f” mark means Check engine warning light blinks once every 2 seconds.  
”X” mark means Check engine warning light never blinks.  
*2: ”f” mark means Engine and ECT ECU memorizes the malfunction code if the Engine and ECT ECU  
detects the DTC detection condition.  
*3: European spec. only  
HINT:  
This DTC may be output when the clutch, brake and gear components etc. inside the automatic transaxle  
are damaged.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–76  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6TF–03  
PARTS LOCATION  
Counter Gear  
Speed Sensor  
SLT Solenoid  
Valve  
Input Turbine  
Speed Sensor  
ATF Temperature  
Sensor  
SL1 Solenoid  
Valve  
Neutral Start  
Switch  
DSL Solenoid Valve  
SL2 Solenoid Valve  
S4 Solenoid Valve  
O/D OFF Indicator  
LHD:  
Kick–down Switch  
DLC3  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Stop Light Switch  
O/D Main Switch  
Pattern Select Switch  
D09910  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–77  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RG–03  
TERMINALS OF ECU  
E13  
E14  
E16  
E15  
E17  
D03442  
D01054  
Symbols (TerminalsNo.)  
WiringColor  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
10 – 14  
IG ON and brake pedal depressed  
IG ON and brake pedal released  
IG ON  
STP (E13–22) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
G–W ↔ BR  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
+
–
SL1 (E14–7) ↔ SL1 (E14–6)  
B ↔ W  
1st or 2nd gear  
10 – 14  
3rd or O/D gear  
Below 1  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
IG ON  
+
–
SL2 (E14–7) ↔ SL2 (E14–16)  
G ↔ L  
1st or 2nd gear  
3rd or O/D gear  
Below 1  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
IG ON  
P ↔ Body  
ground  
DSL (E14–25) ↔ Body ground  
Vehicle driving under lock–up position  
Pulse signal is output  
+
–
NC (E15–4) ↔ NC (E15–10)  
W ↔ B  
Engine is running  
Engine is running  
Below 1 ↔ 4 – 5  
Pulse signal is output  
+
–
NT (E15–5) ↔ NT (E15–11)  
G ↔ R  
Below 1 ↔ 4 – 5  
+
–
SLT (E14–15) ↔ SLT (E14–24)  
R ↔ L–W  
IG ON  
10 – 14  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1  
Below 1  
Below 1  
10 – 14  
Below 1.5  
10 – 14  
O/D main switch ON  
OD2 (E13–11) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
L ↔ BR  
Y–G ↔ BR  
O ↔ BR  
O/D main switch OFF  
IG ON and Shift lever L range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than L range  
IG ON and Shift lever 2 range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than 2 range  
IG ON and Shift lever R range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than R range  
IG ON and Shift lever D range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than D range  
IG ON and Shift lever P or N range  
IG ON and Shift lever other than P or N range  
IG ON and ATF temperature 110 °C (230 °F)  
IG ON  
L (E14–4) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
2 (E14–11) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
R (E14–1) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
D (E14–10) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
R–B ↔ BR  
B–Y ↔ BR  
NSW (E15–23) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
THO (E14–8) ↔ E2 (E16–19)  
S4 (E14–26) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
B–W ↔ BR  
O ↔ BR  
Y ↔ BR  
IG ON and O/D gear  
IG ON and accelerator pedal is fully depressed  
IG ON and accelerator is released  
KD (E13–17) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
Y ↔ BR  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–78  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
IG ON and vehicle stationary  
Below 1  
SPD (E13–6) ↔ E1 (E16–3)  
G ↔ BR  
Pulse signal is output  
IG ON and turn one front wheel slowly  
Below 1 ↔ 4 –6  
IG ON and pattern select switch: PWR  
IG ON and pattern select switch: NORM  
IG ON and SNOW mode switch: ON  
IG ON and SNOW mode switch: OFF  
9 – 14  
Below 1  
9 – 14  
PWR (E14–9) – E1 (E16–3)  
SNWI (E14–19) – E1 (E16–3)  
P ↔ BR  
P–B ↔ BR  
Below 1.5  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–79  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RH–03  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE  
If a normal code is displayed during the diagnostic trouble code check but the trouble still occurs, check the  
circuits for each symptom in the order given in the charts on the following pages and proceed to the page  
given for troubleshooting.  
The Matrix Chart is divided into 3 chapters.  
Chapter 1: Electronic circuit matrix chart  
Chapter 2: On–vehicle repair matrix chart  
Chapter 3: Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
If the instruction ”Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on matrix chart” is given in the flow chart for each  
circuit, proceed to the circuit with the next highest number in the table to continue the check.  
If the trouble still occurs even though there are no abnormalities in any of the other circuits, then check and  
replace the Engine and ECT ECU.  
Chapter 1: Electronic circuit matrix chart  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
1. Neutral start switch circuit  
See page  
No up–shift (A particular gear, from 1st to 3rd gear, is not up–  
shifted)  
DI–112  
IN–30  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
1. O/D main switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–116  
IN–30  
No up–shift (3rd → O/D)  
No down–shift (O/D → 3rd)  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
No down–shift (A particular gear, from 3rd to 1st gear, is not  
down–shifted)  
1. Neutral start switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–112  
IN–30  
1. Stop light switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–100  
IN–30  
No lock–up or No lock–up off  
Shift point too high or too low  
Up–shift to 2nd while in L range  
Up–shift to 3rd while in 2 range  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
IN–30  
IN–30  
1. O/D main switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–116  
IN–30  
Up–shift to O/D from 3rd while O/D main switch is OFF  
Up–shift to O/D from 3rd while engine is cold  
Harsh engagement (N → D)  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
IN–30  
IN–30  
IN–30  
IN–30  
Harshengagement(Lock–up)  
Harsh engagement (Any driving range)  
Pooracceleration  
1. Kick–down switch circuit  
2. Engine and ECT ECU  
DI–124  
IN–30  
No kick–down  
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping  
Engine and ECT ECU  
IN–30  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–80  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
Chapter 2: On–vehicle repair  
(L: U240E automatic transaxle repair manual Pub. No. RM740U)  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
See page  
1. Manualvalve  
L
L
–
Vehicle does not move in any forward range and reverse range  
2. Primary regulator valve  
3. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
Vehicle does not move in R range  
Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
1. 1–2 shift valve  
L
No up–shift (1st → 2nd)  
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
1. 2–3 shift valve  
L
No up–shift (2nd → 3rd)  
No up–shift (3rd → O/D)  
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
1. 3–4 shift valve  
L
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
No down–shift (O/D → 3rd)  
No down–shift (3rd → 2nd)  
No down–shift (2nd → 1st)  
3–4 shift valve  
2–3 shift valve  
1–2 shift valve  
L
L
L
1. Lock–up relay valve  
L
No lock–up or No lock–up off  
Harsh engagement (N → D)  
Harsh engagement (N → R)  
Harshengagement(Lock–up)  
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
1. C accumulator  
L
1
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
1. C accumulator  
L
2
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
1. Lock–up relay valve  
L
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
Harsh engagement (2nd → 3rd)  
Harsh engagement (3rd → O/D)  
C accumulator  
L
L
2
B accumulator  
0
1. C accumulator  
L
0
Harsh engagement (O/D → 3rd)  
2. B accumulator  
L
0
1. Oil strainer  
L
Slip or shudder (Forward and reverse)  
2. Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
No engine braking (1st: L range)  
No engine braking (2nd: 2 range)  
Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
Off–vehicle repair matrix chart  
–
–
1. 1–2 shift valve  
2. 2–3 shift valve  
3. 3–4 shift valve  
L
L
L
No kick–down  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–81  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
Chapter 3: Off–vehicle repair  
(L: U240E automatic transaxle repair manual Pub. No. RM740U)  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
See page  
1. Front and rear planetary gear  
2. U/D planetary gear  
L
L
L
L
L
Vehicle does not move in any forward range and reverse range  
3. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
2
4. Forward clutch (C )  
1
5. U/D brake (B )  
3
1. Front and rear planetary gear unit  
2. U/D planetary gear unit  
L
L
L
L
L
Vehicle does not move in R range  
3. Direct clutch (C )  
2
4. U/D brake (C )  
3
5. 1st & reverse brake (B )  
2
1. No. 1 one–way clutch (F )  
L
1
No up–shift (1st → 2nd)  
2. 2nd brake (B )  
L
1
No up–shift (2nd → 3rd)  
No up–shift (3rd → O/D)  
No lock–up or No lock–up off  
Direct clutch (C )  
L
L
2
U/D clutch (C )  
3
Torqueconverter  
AX–38  
1. Forward clutch (C )  
L
L
L
1
Harsh engagement (N → D)  
2. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
2
3. No. 1 one–way clutch (F )  
1
1. Direct clutch (C )  
L
2
Harsh engagement (N → R)  
2. 1st & reverse brake (B )  
L
2
Harshengagement(Lock–up)  
Torqueconverter  
AX–38  
1. Torqueconverter  
AX–38  
2. Forward clutch (C )  
L
L
L
L
L
1
3. Direct clutch (C )  
2
Slip or shudder (Forward position: After warm–up)  
4. U/D brake (C )  
3
5. No. 1 one–way clutch (F )  
1
6. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
2
1. Direct clutch (C )  
L
2
Slip or shudder (R range)  
Slip or shudder (1st)  
Slip or shudder (2nd)  
2. 1st & reverse brake (B )  
L
2
No. 1 one–way clutch (F )  
L
1
1. U/D one–way clutch (F )  
L
2
2. 2nd brake (B )  
L
1
Slip or shudder (3rd)  
Direct clutch (C )  
L
L
L
L
L
2
Slip or shudder (O/D)  
U/D clutch (C )  
3
No engine braking (1st – 3rd: D range)  
No engine braking (1st: L range)  
No engine braking (2nd: 2 range)  
U/D brake (B )  
3
1st & reverse brake (B )  
2
2nd brake (B )  
1
1. Torqueconverter  
2. U/D planetary gear  
AX–38  
Poor acceleration (All range)  
L
1. U/D clutch (C )  
L
3
Poor acceleration (O/D)  
2. U/D planetary gear  
L
Large shift shock or engine stalls when starting off or stopping  
Torqueconverter  
AX–38  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–82  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RI–03  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
DTC  
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The ABS ECU output the vehicle speed signals to a speedometer in the combination meter, and the signals  
it is then transmitted to the Engine and ECT ECU. The Engine and ECT ECU determines the vehicle speed  
based on the frequency of these pulse signals.  
4–pulse  
4–pulse  
From  
Speed  
Sensor  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
ABS ECU  
Combination  
Meter  
A00022  
DTC No.  
P0500  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Open or short in vehicle speed sensor circuit  
S Vehicle speed sensor  
No vehicle speed sensor signal to Engine and ECT ECU dur-  
ing vehicle driving (2 trip detection logic)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
S Combinationmeter  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Combination Meter  
J44  
Junction  
Connector  
18  
6
E13  
G
D
D
G
C10  
SPD  
D10040  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–83  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check operation of speedometer.  
HINT:  
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when  
the malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-  
ning or stopped, the engine was warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio was lean or rich, etc. at the time of the  
malfunction.  
CHECK:  
Drive the vehicle and check if the operation of the speedometer in the combination meter is normal.  
HINT:  
The vehicle speed sensor is operating normally if the speedometer display is normal.  
NG  
Check speedometer (See page BE–1).  
OK  
2
Check for short in harness and connector between terminal SPD of Engine and  
ECT ECU connector and body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
Disconnect the connector of the Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between terminal SPD of the Engine and ECT  
ECU connector and body ground.  
OK:  
SPD  
No continuity (1M Ω or higher)  
D10027  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–84  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
3
Check voltage between terminal SPD of Engine and ECT ECU connector and  
body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
Turn ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Measure voltage between terminal SPD of Engine and ECT  
ECU connector and body ground.  
OK:  
SPD  
(+)  
Voltage: 9 – 14 V  
(–)  
D10028  
NG  
Check for open in harness and connector be-  
tween J44 junction connector and Engine and  
ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
OK  
4
Check for open in harness and connector between J44 junction connector and  
combination meter (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
5
Check Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–20).  
NG  
Replace Engine and ECT ECU.  
OK  
Check and repair ABS system.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–85  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI80G–01  
DTC  
DTC  
P0710 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor  
Malfunction (ATF Temperature Sensor)  
P0711  
Transmission Fluid Temperature Circuit  
Range/Performance problem (Europe only)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The ATF temperature sensor converts fluid temperature into a resistance value which is input into the Engine  
and ECT ECU.  
DTC No.  
P0710  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Either (a) or (b) is detected for 0.5 sec. or more.  
(1–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open or short in ATF temp. sensor  
S ATF temp. sensor  
(a) Temp. sensor resistance is less than 79 Ω.  
(b) After the engine has been operating for 15 minutes or  
more, the resistance at the temp. sensor is more than 156 kΩ.  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
Both (a) and (b) are detected.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open in ATF temp. sensor  
S ATF temp. sensor  
(a) After 12 seconds of the engine start, the temp. of the atmo-  
sphere and that of the engine coolant is more than –10°C.  
(b) After a normal driving for over 20 minutes and 10km, the  
ATF temp. is less than 10°C.  
P0711  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Automatic Transaxle  
O
8
E14  
1
E1  
THO  
O
THO  
ATF Temperature  
Sensor  
18  
IE2 IF2  
19  
E16  
6
E1  
18  
BR  
BR  
O
E2  
E2  
(RHD) (LHD)  
D10041  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–86  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check ATF temperature sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Disconnect the solenoid wire connector.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
6
(c) Disconnect all solenoid valve connectors.  
(d) Remove the transmission wire harness.  
CHECK:  
1
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 6 of solenoid con-  
nector at 25 °C (77 °F) and 110 °C (230 °F).  
OK:  
D02967  
Resistance (Approx.):  
25 °C (77 °F): 3.5 kΩ  
110 °C (230 °F): 231 – 263 Ω  
NG  
Replace the ATF temperature sensor (transaxle  
wire).  
OK  
2
Check harness and connector between ATF temperature sensor and Engine and  
ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–87  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI4ZZ–05  
DTC  
DTC  
DTC  
P0750 Shift Solenoid A Malfunction  
(SL1 Solenoid Valve) (Europe only)  
P0755 Shift Solenoid B Malfunction  
(SL2 Solenoid Valve) (Europe only)  
P0765 Shift Solenoid D Malfunction  
(S4 Solenoid Valve) (Europe only)  
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  
The Engine and ECT ECU uses signals from the vehicle speed sensor to detect the actual gear position (1st,  
2nd, 3rd or O/D gear).  
Then the Engine and ECT ECU compares the actual gear with the shift schedule in the Engine and ECT  
ECU memory to detect mechanical trouble of the shift solenoid valves and valve body.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
P0750  
P0755  
P0765  
During normal driving, the gear required by the ECM does not  
match the actual gear  
S SL1/SL2/S4 solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body is blocked up or stuck  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
HINT:  
Check the SL1 solenoid valve when DTC P0750/62 is output, check the SL2 solenoid valve when DTC  
P0755/63 is output and check S4 solenoid valve when DTC P0765/65 is output.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–88  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check SL1, SL2 or S4 solenoid valve operation.  
PREPARATION:  
SL1 and SL2 solenoid valve  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
1
2
(c) Remove the SL1, SL2 or S4 solenoid valve.  
Check Solenoid Resistance:  
CHECK:  
(a) SL1 or SL2 solenoid valve:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of sole-  
noid connector.  
1
(b) S4 solenoid valve:  
2
Measure resistance between terminal 1 of solenoid con-  
nector and solenoid body.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 5.1 – 5.5 Ω  
(b) The shift solenoid valve makes operation noise.  
Check Solenoid Operation:  
CHECK:  
(a) SL1 or SL2 solenoid valve:  
Connect the positive (+) lead with an 23–W bulb to termi-  
nal 1 and the negative (–) lead to terminal 2 of solenoid  
connector, then check the movement of the valve.  
(b) S4 solenoid valve:  
(+)  
(+)  
(–)  
S4 solenoid valve  
(–)  
Connect the positive (+) lead with an 23–W bulb to termi-  
nal 1 of solenoid connector and the negative (–) lead to  
the solenoid valve body, then check the movement of the  
valve.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 5.1 – 5.5 Ω  
D03445  
D03446  
(b) The shift solenoid valve makes operation noise.  
D03724  
D03424 D03423  
NG  
Replace the SL1, SL2 or S4 solenoid valve.  
OK  
Check the valve body (See page AX–8).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–89  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RY–03  
DTC  
DTC  
DTC  
P0753 Shift Solenoid A Electrical Malfunction  
(SL1 Solenoid Valve)  
P0758 Shift Solenoid B Electrical Malfunction  
(SL2 Solenoid Valve)  
P0768 Shift Solenoid D Electrical Malfunction  
(S4 Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Shifting from 1st to O/D is performed in combination with ON and OFF of the SL1 and SL2 solenoid valves  
controlled by Engine and ECT ECU. If an open or short circuit occurs in either of the solenoid valves, the  
Engine and ECT ECU controls the remaining normal solenoid valve to allow the vehicle to be operated  
smoothly (Fail safe function).  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
The Engine and ECT ECU checks for an open or short circuit  
in the SL1 and SL2 solenoid valves.  
(a) When the solenoid is energized, the duty ratio exceed 75  
%.  
P0753  
P0758  
(b) When the solenoid is not energized, the duty ratio is less  
than 3 %.  
S Open or short in SL1/SL2/S4 solenoid valve circuit  
S SL1/SL2/S4solenoidvalve  
The Engine and ECT ECU checks for an open or short circuit  
in the S4 solenoid valve circuit when it changes.  
The Engine and ECT ECU records DTC P0768/65 if condition  
(a) or (b) is detected.  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
P0768  
(a) When the solenoid is energized, the solenoid resistance is  
8 Ω or less and is counted.  
(b) When the solenoid is not energized, the solenoid resistance  
is 100 kΩ or more and is counted.  
HINT:  
Check the SL1 solenoid valve when DTC P0753/62 is output, check the SL2 solenoid valve when DTC  
P0758/63 is output and check the S4 solenoid valve when DTC P0768/65 is output.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–90  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
Fail safe function:  
If either of the shift solenoid valve circuits develops an open or short, the Engine and ECT ECU turns the  
other solenoid ON and OFF to shift to the gear positions shown in the table below. The Engine and ECT ECU  
also turns the DSL solenoid valve OFF at the same time. If both solenoids are malfunction, hydraulic control  
cannot be performed electronically and must be done manually.  
Manual shifting as shown in the following table must be done (In the case of a short circuit, the Engine and  
ECT ECU stops sending current to the short circuited solenoid).  
SL1 SOLENOID MALFUNCTIONING  
SL2 SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
NORMAL  
Driving at 3rd or O/D  
SolenoidValve  
Driving at 1st or 2nd  
SolenoidValve  
SolenoidValve  
SolenoidValve  
Gear  
Gear  
Gear  
1st  
Gear  
SL1 SL2 S4  
SL1 SL2 S4  
SL1 SL2 S4  
ON  
SL1 SL2 S4  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
O/D  
X
X
X
X
ON  
2nd  
2nd  
3rd  
3rd  
X
X
X
X
OFF  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
O/D  
ON  
X
X
X
X
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF ON  
2nd  
3rd  
OFF  
ON OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF OFF OFF  
ON  
OFF OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
O/D  
ON  
OFF OFF  
ON  
SL1 AND S4 SOLENOID MALFUNCTIONING  
S4 SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
SL1 AND SL2 SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
Driving at 3rd or O/D  
SolenoidValve  
Driving at 1st or 2nd  
SolenoidValve  
SolenoidValve  
Gear  
SolenoidValve  
Gear  
Gear  
Gear  
2nd  
2nd  
2nd  
2nd  
SL1 SL2 S4  
SL1 SL2 S4  
ON  
SL1 SL2 S4  
SL1 SL2 S4  
1st  
2nd  
3rd  
3rd  
ON  
ON ON  
OFF ON  
OFF OFF  
OFF OFF  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
O/D  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OFF  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
SL1, SL2 AND S4 SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
SL2 AND S4 SOLENOID  
MALFUNCTIONING  
SolenoidValve  
SolenoidValve  
Gear  
Gear  
SL1 SL2 S4  
ON  
SL1 SL2 S4  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
X
X
X
X
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
3rd  
X
X
X
X
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–91  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Automatic Transaxle  
SL1 Solenoid Valve  
5
7
E14  
+
SL1  
W
B
+
–
E1  
SL1  
10  
E1  
6
–
B
SL1  
W
E14  
SL1  
SL2 Solenoid Valve  
SL2  
17  
4
+
G
+
E14 SL2  
E1  
Y
9
16  
–
BR  
SL2  
L
–
SL2  
E1  
E14  
S4 Solenoid Valve  
S4  
8
26  
E14  
Y
E1  
S4  
R
D10189  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–92  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Measure resistance between terminals of Engine and ECT ECU.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
(a) Measure resistance between terminals SL1+ and SL1– of  
Engine and ECT ECU connector.  
(b) Measure resistance between terminals SL2+ and SL2– of  
Engine and ECT ECU connector.  
(c) Measure resistance between terminal S4 of Engine and  
ECT ECU connector and body ground.  
OK:  
+
–
SL1  
SL1  
Resistance:  
(a) SL1+ – SL1–: 5.3 ± 0.2 Ω  
(b) SL2+ – SL2–: 5.3 ± 0.2 Ω  
(c) S4 – Body ground: 13 ± 2 Ω  
–
+
SL2  
SL2  
S4  
D10029  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–93  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Measure harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and automatic  
transaxle solenoid connector.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Disconnect the solenoid connector from the automatic  
transaxle.  
(b) Disconnect the connector from the Engine and ECTECU.  
CHECK:  
+
SL1  
–
(a) Measure the harness and connector between terminal  
+
SL1  
SL1  
SL1+ or SL1– of Engine and ECT ECU and terminal SL1+  
or SL1– of solenoid connector.  
–
(b) Measure the harness and connector between terminal  
SL2+ or SL2– of Engine and ECT ECU and terminal SL2+  
or SL2– of solenoid connector.  
SL1  
SolenoidConnector  
(c) Measure the harness and connector between terminal S4  
of Engine and ECT ECU and terminal S4 of solenoid con-  
nector.  
+
SL2  
OK:  
+
–
SL2  
SL2  
Resistance: 0 Ω  
–
SL2  
Solenoid Connector  
S4  
S4  
Solenoid Connector  
D10030  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–94  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
3
Check SL1, SL2 or S4 solenoid valve.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
SL1 and SL2 solenoid valve  
1
2
(c) Remove the SL1, SL2, or S4 solenoid valve.  
Check Solenoid Resistance:  
CHECK:  
(a) SL1 or SL2 solenoid valve:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of sole-  
noid connector.  
1
2
(b) S4 solenoid valve:  
Measure resistance between terminal 1 of solenoid con-  
nector and solenoid body.  
OK:  
(–)  
(+)  
Resistance: 5.1 – 5.5 Ω  
Check Solenoid Operation:  
CHECK:  
S4 solenoid valve  
(a) SL1 or SL2 solenoid valve:  
Connect the positive (+) lead with an 23–W bulb to termi-  
nal 1 and the negative (–) lead to terminal 2 of solenoid  
connector, then check the movement of the valve.  
(b) S4 solenoid valve:  
(–)  
(+)  
Connect the positive (+) lead with an 23–W bulb to termi-  
nal 1 of solenoid connector and the negative (–) lead to  
the solenoid valve body, then check the movement of the  
valve.  
OK:  
D03445  
D03446  
The shift solenoid valve makes operation noise.  
D03724  
D03424 D03423  
NG  
Replace the solenoid valve.  
OK  
Repair or replace the solenoid wire, harness  
and connector between Engine and ECT ECU  
and automatic transaxle solenoid connector.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–95  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI4ZX–05  
DTC  
P0770 Shift Solenoid E Malfunction  
(DSL Solenoid Valve) (Europe only)  
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  
The Engine and ECT ECU uses the signals from the throttle position sensor, air–flow meter and crankshaft  
position sensor to monitor the engagement condition of the lock–up clutch.  
Then the Engine and ECT ECU compares the engagement condition of the lock–up clutch with the lock–up  
schedule in the Engine and ECT ECU memory to detect mechanical trouble of the DSL solenoid valve, valve  
body and torque converter.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Lock–up does not occur when driving in the lock–up range  
(normal driving at 80 km/h [50 mph]), or lock–up remains ON  
in the lock–up OFF range.  
S DSL solenoid valve is stuck open or closed  
S Valve body blocked up or stuck  
S Lock–up clutch  
P0770  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check DSL solenoid valve operation.  
PREPARATION:  
(–)  
(+)  
(a) Remove the oil pan.  
(b) Remove the DSL solenoid valve.  
CHECK:  
(a) Applying 490 kPa (5 kgf/cm2, 71 psi) of compressed air,  
check that the solenoid valve does not leak air.  
(b) When battery positive voltage is supplied to the shift sole-  
noid valve, check that the solenoid valve opens.  
OK:  
(a) Solenoid valve does not leak air.  
(b) Solenoid valve opens.  
(–)  
(+)  
D03447  
D03448  
D03725  
NG  
Replace the DSL solenoid valve.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–96  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Check valve body (See page AX–8).  
NG  
Repair or replace the valve body.  
OK  
Replace the torque converter (See page  
AX–38).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–97  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RV–03  
DTC  
P0773 Shift Solenoid E Electrical Malfunction  
(DSL Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The DSL solenoid valve is turned ON and OFF by signals from the Engine and ECT ECU to control the hy-  
draulic pressure acting on the lock–up relay valve, which then controls operation of the lock–up clutch.  
DTC No.  
P0773  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Either (a) or (b) are detected for 1 time.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open or short in DSL solenoid valve circuit  
S DSL solenoid valve  
(a) Solenoid resistance is 8 Ω or less short circuit when sole-  
noid is energized.  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
(b) Solenoid resistance is 100 kΩ or more open circuit when  
solenoid is not energized.  
Fail safe function:  
If the Engine and ECT ECU detects a malfunction, it turns the DSL solenoid valve OFF.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Automatic Transaxle  
DSL Solenoid Valve  
25  
3
E1  
DSL  
G
P
DSL  
E14  
D07933  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–98  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and automatic  
transaxle solenoid connector.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Disconnect the solenoid connector from the transaxle.  
(b) Disconnect the connector from the Engine and ECTECU.  
CHECK:  
Measure the harness and connector between terminal DSL of  
DSL  
Engine and ECT ECU and terminal DSL of solenoid connector.  
DSL  
OK:  
There is continuity.  
D10031  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–99  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Check shift solenoid valve DSL.  
Electrical Check:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
(c) Disconnect the DSL solenoid valve connector.  
(d) Remove the DSL solenoid valve.  
CHECK:  
(–)  
(+)  
(a) Measure resistance between terminal DSL of shift sole-  
noid valve and solenoid body.  
(b) Connect positive (+) lead to terminal of solenoid connec-  
tor, negative (–) lead to solenoid body.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 11 – 15 Ω  
(b) The DSL solenoid valve makes operation noise.  
(–)  
(+)  
Mechanical Check (Except Europe Only):  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the oil pan.  
(b) Remove the DSL solenoid valve.  
CHECK:  
(a) Applying 490 kPa (5 kgf/cm2, 71 psi) of compressed air,  
check that the solenoid valve does not leak air.  
(b) When battery positive voltage is supplied to the shift sole-  
noid valve, check that the solenoid valve opens.  
OK:  
(–)  
(+)  
(a) Solenoid valve does not leak air.  
(b) Solenoid valve opens.  
D03448  
D08282  
NG  
Replace the DSL solenoid valve.  
OK  
Check and replace or repair the solenoid  
wire.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–100  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI80H–01  
DTC  
P1520 Stop Light Switch Signal Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The purpose of this circuit is to prevent the engine from stalling, while driving in lock–up condition, when  
brakes are suddenly applied.  
When the brake pedal is operated, this switch sends a signals to Engine and ECT ECU. Then the Engine  
and ECT ECU cancels operation of the lock–up clutch while braking is in progress.  
DTC No.  
P1520  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
No stop light switch signal to Engine and ECT ECU during  
S Open or short in stop light switch circuit  
S Stop light switch  
driving.  
(2–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Sedan:  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP  
1
IA  
10  
IG  
21  
3F  
22  
8
3D  
5
W–R *  
W
G–W  
5
G–W  
STP  
E13  
6
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
FL  
G–W  
G–W  
ID1 II1  
Block  
ALT  
5
6
*
*
*1  
*2  
*1  
F
F
1 F15  
B–G  
FL  
J/C  
D
D
*2  
High  
G–W  
Mounted  
Stop  
Light  
G–W  
1
2
2
6
4
MAIN  
Stop  
Light RH  
W–B W–B  
Stop Light  
LH  
4
*1: J12 (LHD), J28 (RHD)  
*2: J13 (LHD), J29 (RHD)  
*3: J10 (LHD), J30 (RHD)  
*4: J11 (LHD), J31 (RHD)  
*5: LHD  
A
J/C  
A
A
A
*4  
*4  
*4  
Battery  
W–B  
A
*3  
*3  
W–B  
*6: RHD  
W–B  
5
BM  
BL *  
6
BN *  
F13602  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–101  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
Lift Back (LHD):  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
STOP  
21  
3F  
8
3D  
1
22  
E13  
10  
IG  
W
G–W  
G–W  
W–R  
STP  
IA  
2
1
8 3C  
1 F17  
6
ID1  
FL  
Block  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
ALT  
D J14 D J14  
1
BD1  
1
F15  
B–G  
J/C  
F J15 F J15  
G–W  
3
G–W High  
FL  
MAIN  
Mounted  
Stop  
G–W  
1
5
3
Stop  
Stop Light  
LH  
W–B  
Light  
Light RH  
2
5
W–B  
E
E
B
J15  
J15  
J15  
J/C  
W–B  
W–B  
Battery  
E J14  
W–B  
E J14 B J14  
W–B  
BO  
BP  
BQ  
Lift Back (RHD):  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP  
22  
E13  
21  
3F  
8
1
IA  
10  
IG  
G–W  
G–W  
W
STP  
3D  
2
1
W
8 3C  
1
1
F17  
ALT  
5
II1  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
FL  
Block  
E J33 D J32  
J/C  
1
BD1  
F15  
B–G  
FL  
E J33 E J33  
G–W  
G–W  
High  
G–W  
Mounted  
Stop  
Light  
MAIN  
1
2
3
5
Stop  
Stop Light  
RH  
Light LH  
5
3
Battery  
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
BQ  
BP  
BO  
F13603  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–102  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
Wagon:  
Engine and  
ECT ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP  
Center J/B  
21  
3F  
8
1
10  
IG  
22  
E13  
1
W–R *  
G–W  
G–W  
5
STP  
IA  
3D  
2
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
1
F17  
ALT  
1
6
J16 *  
J34 *  
FL  
Block  
G–W  
2
ID1 II1  
1
2
*
*
B
1
2
J17 *  
J35 *  
F15  
B–G  
C
C
C
G–W  
Stop  
High  
G–W  
1
G–W  
FL  
Mounted  
Stop  
MAIN  
2
2
Stop Light  
RH  
Light  
Light LH  
2
A
4
A
4
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
1
2
A
J17 *  
J35 *  
Battery  
Junction Connector  
A
A
W–B  
W–B  
BR  
BS  
F13604  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–103  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Read freeze frame data using hand–held tester. Because freeze frame records the engine conditions when  
the malfunction is detected, when troubleshooting it is useful for determining whether the vehicle was run-  
ning or stopped, the engine warmed up or not, the air–fuel ratio lean or rich, etc. at the time of the malfunction.  
1
Check operation of stop light.  
CHECK:  
Check if the stop lights go on and off normally when the brake pedal is depressed and released.  
NG Check and repair stop light circuit.  
OK  
2
Check STP signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
Brake Pedal  
Released  
Brake Pedal  
Depressed  
CHECK:  
Read the STP signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
Brake pedal is depressed: STP...ON  
Brake pedal is released: STP...OFF  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
STP  
(a) Remove the glove compartment door.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
(–)  
(+)  
Check voltage between terminal STP of the Engine and ECT  
ECU and body ground.  
OK:  
D10032  
Brakepedal  
Depressed  
Released  
Voltage  
9.0 – 14 V  
Below 1.5 V  
OK  
Check for intermittent problems.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–104  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
3
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and stop light  
switch (See page IN–20).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–20).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–105  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RW–03  
DTC  
P1725 NT Revolution Sensor Circuit Malfunction  
(Input Turbine Speed Sensor)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This sensor detects the rotation speed of the input turbine. By comparing the input turbine speed signal (NT)  
and the counter gear speed sensor signal (NC), the Engine and ECT ECU detects the shift timing of the gears  
and appropriately controls the engine torque and hydraulic pressure in response to various conditions, thus  
performing smooth gear shifting.  
DTC No.  
P1725  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
The Engine and ECT ECU detects conditions (a), (b), (c), (d)  
and (e) continuity for 5 seconds or more.  
(1–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open or short in input turbine (NT) speed sensor circuit  
S Input turbine (NT) speed sensor  
(a) Gear change not being performed  
(b) Gear position: 2nd, 3rd or O/D gear  
(c) Solenoid valves and neutral start switch are normal  
(d) T/M input shaft rpm: 300 rpm or less  
(e) T/M output shaft rpm: 1,000 rpm or less  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
5
E15 NT  
2
2
G
G
+
IE2 IF2  
(RHD) (LHD)  
2
1
T8  
Input Turbine  
Speed Sensor  
11  
E15  
1
1
R
R
–
NT  
IE2 IF2  
(RHD) (LHD)  
D10176  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–106  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check resistance between terminals NT+ and NT– of Engine and ECT ECU.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
Check resistance between terminals NT+ and NT– of Engine  
and ECT ECU.  
OK:  
+
–
NT  
Resistance: 620 ± 60 Ω  
NT  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
D10033  
NG  
2
Check input turbine speed sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the input turbine speed sensor from transaxle.  
CHECK:  
(a) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor.  
(b) Check voltage between terminals 1 and 2 of the speed  
sensor when a magnet is put close to the front end of the  
speed sensor then taken away quickly.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 620 ± 60 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)  
(b) Voltage is generated intermittently.  
HINT:  
Magnet  
The voltage generated is extremely low.  
NG  
Replace the input turbine speed sensor.  
Q08218  
OK  
Check and repair the harness and connector  
between Engine and ECT ECU and input tur-  
bine speed sensor (See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–107  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RX–03  
DTC  
P1730 NC Revolution Sensor Circuit Malfunction  
(Counter Gear Speed Sensor)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This sensor detects the rotation speed of the counter gear. By comparing the counter gear speed signal (NC)  
and the input turbine speed sensor signal (NT), the Engine and ECT ECU detects the shift timing of the gears  
and appropriately controls the engine torque and hydraulic pressure in response to various conditions, thus  
performing smooth gear shifting.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
The Engine and ECT ECU detects conditions (a), (b), (c) and  
(d) continuity for 5 secs or more.  
(1–tripdetectionlogic)  
S Open or short in counter gear (NC) speed sensor circuit  
S Counter gear (NC) speed sensor  
P1730  
(a) IG SW: ON  
(b) Neutral start switch: Except P, N range  
(c) T/M input shaft rpm: 300 rpm or less  
(d) T/M output shaft rpm: 1,000 rpm or more  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
4
W
+
E15 NC  
2
C18  
Counter Gear  
Speed Sensor  
1
10  
E15 NC  
B
–
D07935  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–108  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check resistance between terminals NC+ and NC– of Engine and ECT ECU.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from Engine and ECT ECU.  
CHECK:  
Check resistance between terminals NC+ and NC– of Engine  
and ECT ECU.  
OK:  
+
–
NC  
NC  
Resistance: 620 ± 60 Ω  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
D10034  
NG  
2
Check counter gear speed sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the counter gear speed sensor from transaxle.  
CHECK:  
(a) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor.  
(b) Check voltage between terminals 1 and 2 of the speed  
sensor when a magnet is put close to the front end of the  
speed sensor then taken away quickly.  
OK:  
(a) Resistance: 620 ± 60 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)  
(b) Voltage is generated intermittently.  
HINT:  
Magnet  
The voltage generated is extremely low.  
NG  
Replace the counter gear speed sensor.  
Q08218  
OK  
Check and repair the harness and connector  
between Engine and ECT ECU and counter  
gear speed sensor (See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–109  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6RZ–03  
DTC  
P1760 Linear Solenoid for Line Pressure Control  
Circuit Malfunction (SLT Solenoid Valve)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The throttle pressure that is applied to the primary regulator  
valve (which modulates line pressure) causes the solenoid  
valve SLT, under electronic control, to precisely and minutely  
modulate and generate line pressure according to the accelera-  
tor pedal effort, or engine power output detected.  
Line Pressure Con-  
trol Pressure  
This reduces the function of line pressure and provides smooth  
shifting characteristics.  
Upon receiving the throttle valve opening angle signal, Engine  
and ECT ECU controls the line pressure by sending a predeter-  
mined (*) duty ratio to the solenoid valve, modulating the line  
pressure, generating throttle pressure.  
Current Flow to Solenoid D02290  
(*) Duty Ratio  
ON  
The duty ratio is the ratio of the period of continuity in one cycle.  
For example, if ”A” is the period of continuity in one cycle, and  
”B” is the period of non–continuity, then  
OFF  
1 Cycle  
A
A + B  
Duty Ratio =  
x 100 (%)  
BE4056  
DTC No.  
P1760  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
(a) or (b) condition below is detected 1 second or more.  
S Open or short in SLT solenoid valve circuit  
S SLT solenoid valve  
–
(a) SLT terminal:0V  
–
(b) SLT terminal:12V  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
Reference:  
Wave form between terminals SLT+ and SLT– during engine id-  
ling.  
5 V / Div.  
GND  
1 msec. / Div.  
D01875  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–110  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Automatic Transaxle  
2
15  
+
SLT  
O
R
+
SLT  
E1  
E14  
SLT  
Solenoid  
Valve  
7
24  
E14 SLT  
–
SLT  
G
L–W  
–
E1  
D07928  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–111  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check SLT solenoid valve.  
PREPARATION:  
2
1
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the oil pan.  
(c) Disconnect the solenoid connector.  
Check Solenoid Resistance:  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of solenoid con-  
nector.  
1
2
OK:  
Resistance: 5.0 – 5.6 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)  
Check Solenoid Operation:  
CHECK:  
Connect positive (+) lead with an 8 – 10W bulb to terminal 1 of  
solenoid connector and negative (–) lead to terminal 2, then  
check the movement of the valve.  
OK:  
Valvemovesin  
in illustration at right.  
direction  
Whenbatterypositivevoltageisapplied.  
When battery positive voltage is cut off.  
D03445  
D03446  
D02968  
D03729  
Valvemovesin  
inillustration at left.  
direction  
NG  
Replace SLT solenoid valve.  
OK  
2
Check harness and connector between SLT solenoid valve and Engine and ECT  
ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Replace Engine and ECT ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–112  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI4ZS–05  
DTC  
P1780 Neutral Start Switch Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The neutral start switch detects the shift lever position and sends signals to the Engine and ECT ECU. The  
Engine and ECT ECU receives signals (NSW, R, D 2 and L) from the neutral start switch.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectionCondition  
TroubleArea  
When more than one of the following conditions continue for  
500 sec. or more.  
(a) P, N range input signal is ON.  
(b) R range input signal is ON.  
(c) N range input signal is ON.  
(d) L range input signal is ON.  
(e) 2 range input signal is ON.  
(h) D range input signal is ON.  
S Short in neutral start switch circuit  
S Neutral start switch  
P1780  
S Engine and ECT ECU  
When any of following conditions for 500 msec. or more in the  
Mposition.  
(a) P, N range input signal is ON.  
(b) P range input signal is ON.  
(c) N range input signal is ON.  
(d) L range input signal is ON.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–113  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Neutral Start Switch  
DL 7  
10  
E14  
B–Y  
Y–G  
O
D
L
2
4
E14  
8
LL  
11  
E14  
3
2L 4  
RL 2  
9
R–L  
Center J/B  
1
3
3C  
3
3D  
R–B  
R–B  
E14 R  
Center J/B  
7
3E  
23  
E15  
20  
3D  
B–W  
6
B–W  
NSW  
20 3E  
W–B  
B–W  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
GAUGE  
Ignition Switch  
10  
5
10  
10  
3A  
R–L  
B–Y  
3C  
IC  
IF  
8
5
IG1  
AM1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
ST  
W–R  
1
2
6
4
R
IC  
ID  
IE  
ID  
3
4
ST2 AM2  
B–W  
Engine Room J/B  
W–R  
3
2A  
W
MAIN  
1
AM2  
6
2C  
6
2A  
2
3
1
2
1
2D  
5
A
Starter Relay  
To Starter  
1
2H  
FL  
Block  
ALT  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1  
*1  
*2  
W
1
2
J9 J20  
Junction Connector  
2 *  
1 *  
FL  
MAIN  
2
1
F15  
3
1
2
B–G B–G  
W
IA  
IC  
F17  
1
IJ *  
II *  
2
Battery  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
D10179  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–114  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Read PNP, REVERSE, 2ND DRIVE and LOW signals.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the DLC3 cover.  
(b) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Shift lever into the P, R, N, D, 2 and L positions, and read the  
PNP, REVERSE, 2ND DRIVE and LOW signals on the hand–  
held tester.  
OK:  
Shiftrange  
Signal  
2
L
2ND OFF → ON  
LOW OFF → ON  
DRIVE OFF → ON  
REVERSE OFF → ON  
PNP OFF → ON  
D
R
P, N  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
R
L
ON  
D
Measure voltage between terminals P. R. N. D. 2 and L of En-  
gine and ECT ECU and body ground when the shift lever is  
shifted to the following positions.  
OK:  
2
NSW  
D10035  
Shiftrange  
Testerconnection  
NSW – Body ground  
R – Body ground  
D – Body ground  
2 – Body ground  
L– Body ground  
Specifiedvalue  
P, R  
R
Battery positive voltage  
*
Battery positive voltage  
Battery positive voltage  
Battery positive voltage  
Battery positive voltage  
D
2
L
HINT:  
*: The voltage will drop slightly due to lighting up of the back up  
light.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–115  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Check neutral start switch.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Jack up the vehicle.  
(b) Remove the neutral start switch.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between each terminal shown below when the  
shift lever is moved to each position.  
5 4 3 2 1  
8 7  
9
6
Shiftrange  
Terminal No. to continuity  
P
R
N
D
2
–
6 – 9  
D06561  
2 – 3  
–
–
6 – 9  
–
3 – 7  
3 – 4  
3 – 8  
–
L
–
OK:  
There is continuity.  
NG  
Replace the neutral start switch.  
OK  
Repair or replace harness and connector between battery and neutral start switch, neu-  
tral start switch and Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–116  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI6SY–03  
O/D Main Switch & O/D OFF Indicator Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The O/D main switch contacts go open when the switch is pushed in and go closed when it is pushed out.  
If O/D main switch is at OFF position, the O/D OFF indicator light lights up, and the Engine and ECT ECU  
prohibits shifting overdrive.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
O/D OFF Indicator Light  
(Combination Meter)  
Engine and ECT ECU  
11  
9
8
L
L
C11  
OD2  
E13  
C11  
B–O  
L
Center J/B  
O/D Main Switch  
10  
3F  
10  
3A  
2
4
R–L  
W–B  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
13  
5
IC  
13  
3A  
GAUGE  
10  
IF  
3C  
B–Y  
W–B  
Ignition Switch  
8
5
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument  
Panel  
4
IE  
W
J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
2
IA  
AM1  
3
IC  
IC 1  
1
W
2
W–B  
FL  
Block  
1
2
2 *  
1 *  
FL  
MAIN  
1
ALT  
B–G  
A
F17  
F15  
J1 (LHD)  
J27 (RHD)  
Junction Connector  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
Battery  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
D10177  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–117  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
O/D OFF indicator light does not light up  
1
Check O/D main switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the O/D main switch connector.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6 of O/D main switch  
connector.  
OK:  
O/D main switch  
Resistance  
∞ Ω (open)  
ON  
Q08078  
OFF  
0 Ω (continuity)  
NG  
Replace the O/D main switch.  
OK  
2
Check and replace combination meter (See page BE–1).  
NG  
Replace the combination meter.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–118  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
3
Check OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal on the hand–held tes-  
ter.  
OK:  
O/D main switch condition  
Pushed in  
OVERDRIVE CUT SW2 signal  
OFF  
ON  
Pushed out  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
OD2  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Check voltage between terminal OD2 of Engine and ECT ECU  
and body ground.  
OK:  
O/D main switch  
Voltage  
Below 1.0 V  
10 – 14 V  
D10036  
OFF  
ON  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–119  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
4
Check harness and connector between O/D OFF indicator light and Engine and  
ECT ECU (See page IN–20).  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector of Engine and ECT ECU and the connector of the combination meter.  
CHECK:  
Measure the continuity between the connector of Engine and ECT ECU and the connector of the combina-  
tion meter.  
OK:  
Continuity  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Repair or replace the wire harness or con-  
nectors between the connector of Engine  
and ECT ECU and body Ground.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–120  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
O/D OFF indicator light remains ON  
1
Check O/D main switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the O/D main switch connector.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 of O/D main switch  
connector.  
OK:  
O/D main switch  
Resistance  
∞ Ω (open)  
ON  
Q08078  
OFF  
0 Ω (continuity)  
NG  
Replace the O/D main switch.  
OK  
2
Check harness and connector between O/D OFF indicator light and O/D main  
switch, O/D OFF indicator light and Engine and ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine and ECT ECU  
(See page IN–20).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–121  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI336–04  
Pattern Select Switch Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The Engine & ECT ECU memory contains the shift programs for the NORMAL, POWER and SNOW (w/  
SNOW mode) patterns, 2 range, L range and the lock–up patterns. By following the programs corresponding  
to the signals from the pattern select switch, the neutral start switch and other various sensors, the Engine  
& ECT ECT switches the solenoid valves ON and OFF, and controls the transaxle gear change and the lock–  
up clutch operation.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Pattern Select Switch  
NORM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
19  
5
3
R–L  
P–B  
SNWI  
E5  
E5  
E14  
SNOW  
PWR  
Center J/B  
2
E5  
9
15  
3D  
15  
3B  
P
P
PWR  
E14  
15 3F  
Combination Meter  
P
22  
9
C11  
7
B–O  
R–Y  
E13 SNWL  
C10  
3F 10  
3F 1  
10 3B  
22  
C11  
ECT SNOW  
ECT PWR  
Center J/B  
14  
C10  
24  
C10  
W–B  
W–B  
10 3A  
1
C10  
B–O  
R–L  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition Switch  
W–B  
GAUGE  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
5
8
IG1  
AM1  
1
J1*  
2
W
J27*  
Junction  
Connector  
FL  
Block  
Instrument Panel J/B  
1
1
II*  
FL  
MAIN  
2 *  
1 *  
Battery  
2
2
AM1  
3
2
IJ*  
1
F15  
ALT  
2
1
W
B–G  
IC  
IA  
F17  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
D10184  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–122  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check PATTERN SEL SW signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the DLC3 cover.  
(b) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the PATTERN SEL SW signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
Pattern select switch  
POWER  
PATTERN SEL SW signal  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
NORM  
SNOW  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
ON  
PWR  
SNWI  
Measure voltage between terminal each of PWR, SNWI of En-  
gine & ECT ECU and body ground when the pattern select  
switch is set to the PWR (POWER), NORM (NORMAL) or  
SNOW (SNOW) position.  
OK:  
D10188  
Switchposition  
PWR  
Testerconnection  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
PWR – Body ground  
SNWI – Body ground  
Specifiedcondition  
9 – 14 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
Below 1.5 V  
9 – 14 V  
NORM  
SNOW  
HINT:  
The Engine & ECT ECU uses the normal pattern signal if the  
PWR and SNWI signals are not input.  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
symptom problems table (See page DI–79).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–123  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Check pattern select switch  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the pattern select switch connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3 (PWR, NORM), 3  
and 5 (SNOW) of pattern select switch connector when the se-  
lect switch is set to PWR, NORM or SNOW position.  
OK:  
3
5
Switchposition  
PWR  
Testerconnection  
2 – 3  
Specifiedcondition  
Continuity  
D10186  
NORM  
2 – 3, 3 – 5  
3 – 5  
No continuity  
Continuity  
SNOW  
NG  
Replace the pattern select switch.  
OK  
3
Check harness and connector between battery and pattern select switch, pattern  
select switch and Engine & ECT ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace the Engine & ECT ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–124  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
DI703–03  
Kick–down Switch Circuit (LHD)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The kick–down switch is turned ON when the accelerator pedal is depressed beyond the full throttle opening  
and sends signals to Engine and ECT ECU.  
When the kick–down switch is turned ON, the Engine and ECT ECU controls gear shifting according to the  
programmed shift diagrams.  
If a short circuit develops in the kick–down switch, the Engine and ECT ECU disregards the kick–down sig-  
nals and controls shifting at the normal shift points.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine and ECT ECU  
Kick–down  
Switch  
17  
E13 KD  
W–B  
1
2
Instrument Panel J/B  
1
IC  
4
IE  
W–B  
J1 (LHD)  
A
J27 (RHD)  
Junction  
connector  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
D10178  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–125  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check KICK DOWN SW signal.  
When using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the DLC3 cover.  
(b) Connect a hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and hand–held tester main  
switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Read the KICK DOWN SW signal on the hand–held tester.  
OK:  
KICK DOWN  
AcceleratorPedal  
SW signal  
Fully depressed (kick–down SW is ON)  
Released (kick–down SW is OFF)  
When not using hand–held tester:  
PREPARATION:  
Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
ON  
OFF  
ON  
KD  
Measure voltage between terminal KD of Engine and ECT ECU  
connector and body ground when accelerator pedal is fully de-  
pressed or not.  
OK:  
D10037  
AcceleratorPedal  
Fully depressed (kick–down SW is ON)  
Released (kick–down SW is OFF)  
Voltage  
Below 1 V  
10 – 14 V  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
problem symptoms table (See page DI–79).  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–126  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE(U240E)  
2
Check kick–down switch.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the kick–down switch connector.  
CHECK:  
Check continuity at each terminal of kick–down switch connec-  
tor.  
OK:  
Kick–down Switch  
Specifiedcontinuity  
Continuity  
ON  
D07967  
OFF  
No continuity  
NG  
Replace kick–down switch.  
OK  
3
Check harness and connector between Engine and ECT ECU and kick–down  
switch, kick–down switch and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace the harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–127  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC BRAKE  
FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YR–01  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING  
Troubleshoot in accordance with the procedure on the following pages.  
Vehicle Brought to Workshop  
Items inside  
are titles of pages in this manual,  
with the page number in the bottom portion. See  
the pages for detailed explanations.  
1
2
Customer Problem Analysis  
P. DI–128  
Check and Clear DTC (Precheck)  
P. DI–129  
Symptom  
does not occur  
Symptom Simulation  
PDI–127.  
3
4
Problem Symptom Confirmation  
Symptom  
occurs  
Normal code  
5
DTC Check  
P. DI–129  
Malfunction code  
7
6
8
Problem Symptoms Table  
P. DI–135  
DTC Chart  
P. DI–132  
9
Sensor Check  
Check for Fluid Leakage  
P. DI–168  
Circuit Inspection  
P. DI–136 – DI–166  
Identification of Problem  
Repair  
10  
11  
Confirmation Test  
End  
Fail safe function:  
When a failure occurs in the ABS system, the ABS warning light is lit and the ABS operation is prohibited. In addition  
to this, when the failure which disables the EBD operation occurs, the brake warning light is lit as well and EBD  
operation is prohibited.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–128  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YS–01  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK  
ABS Check Sheet  
Inspector’s  
Name  
:
Registration No.  
Registration Year  
Frame No.  
/
/
Customer’s Name  
Date Vehicle  
Brought In  
km  
Odometer Reading  
/
/
miles  
Date Problem First Occurred  
Frequency Problem Occurs  
/
/
Continuously  
Intermittently (  
times a day)  
ABS does not operate.  
ABS does not operate intermittently.  
Symptoms  
ABS Warning Light  
Abnormal  
Remains ON  
Remains ON  
Does not Light Up  
Does not Light Up  
Brake Warning  
Light Abnormal  
Malfunction Code (Code  
Malfunction Code (Code  
)
)
1st Time  
2nd Time  
Normal Code  
Normal Code  
DTC Check  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–129  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YT–01  
PRE–CHECK  
1.  
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM  
(a) Release the parking brake lever.  
(b) Check the indicator.  
When the ignition switch is turned ON, check that the ABS  
warning light and brake warning light goes on for 3 se-  
conds.  
HINT:  
S
F12747  
F04969  
F00103  
When the parking brake is applied or the level of the brake  
fluid is low, the brake warning light is lit.  
If the indicator check result is not normal, proceed to trou-  
bleshooting for the ABS warning light circuit or brake  
warning light circuit (See page DI–159, DI–161).  
S
(c) Check the DTC  
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
Tc  
SST 09843 –18040  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Read the DTC from the ABS warning light on the  
combination meter.  
HINT:  
S
DLC3  
If no code appears, inspect the diagnostic circuit or ABS  
warning light circuit (See page DI–164 or DI–159).  
CG  
S
As an example, the blinking patterns for normal code and  
codes 11 and 21 are shown on the left.  
(4) Codes are explained in the code table on page  
DI–132.  
(5) After completing the check, disconnect terminals Tc  
and CG, and turn off the display.  
Normal Code  
0.25 secs.  
0.25 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
ON  
If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same time the low-  
est numbered DTC will be displayed 1st.  
OFF  
Code 11 and 21  
0.5 secs.  
1.5 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
2.5 secs.  
4 secs.  
ON  
OFF  
Code 11 Code 21  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–130  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
(d) Clear the DTC.  
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Clear the DTC stored in ECU by depressing the  
brake pedal 8 or more times within 3 seconds.  
(4) Check that the warning light shows the normal  
code.  
(5) Remove the SST from the terminals of DLC3.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
BR3890  
HINT:  
Cancellation cannot be done by removing the battery cable or  
ECU–IG fuse.  
2.  
SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL  
Ts  
(a) Check the speed sensor signal.  
(1) When the ignition switch is turned ON, check that  
the ABS warning light goes on for 3 seconds.  
(2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(3) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
DLC3  
(4) Start the engine.  
CG  
F04969  
(5) Check that the ABS warning light blinks.  
HINT:  
0.13 secs.  
0.12 secs.  
If the ABS warning light does not blink, inspect the ABS warning  
light circuit (See page DI–159).  
(6) Drive vehicle straight forward.  
Drive vehicle at 45 – 55 km/h (28 – 34 mph) for sev-  
eral seconds.  
ON  
OFF  
HINT:  
If the brake is applied during the check, the check routine must  
be started again.  
BR3904  
(7) Stop the vehicle.  
(8) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(9) Disconnect the SST from terminals Ts and CG, and  
connect the SST to terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
(10) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–131  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
(11) Read the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.  
HINT:  
S
See the list of DTC shown below.  
S
If every sensor is normal, a normal code is output (A cycle  
of 0.25 secs. ON and 0.25 secs. OFF is repeated).  
If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same time,  
the lowest numbered code will be displayed 1st.  
S
Malfunction Code (Example Codes 72, 76)  
7
7
6
2
ON  
OFF  
1.5 secs.  
2.5 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
4 secs.  
Repeat  
0.5 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
BR3893  
(12) After doing the check, disconnect the SST from ter-  
minals Tc and CG of DLC3 and turn ignition switch  
OFF.  
SST 09843 –18040  
DTC of the speed sensor check function:  
Code No.  
Diagnosis  
TroubleArea  
S Right front speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
71  
Low output voltage of right front speed sensor  
S Right front speed sensor rotor  
S Left front speed sensor  
72  
73  
74  
Low output voltage of left front speed sensor  
Low output voltage of right rear speed sensor  
Low output voltage of left rear speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Left front speed sensor rotor  
S Right rear speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Right rear speed sensor rotor  
S Left rear speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Left rear speed sensor rotor  
Abnormal change in output voltage of right front speed sen-  
sor  
75  
76  
Right front speed sensor rotor  
Left front speed sensor rotor  
Right rear speed sensor rotor  
Abnormal change in output voltage of left front speed  
sensor  
Abnormal change in output voltage of right rear speed  
sensor  
77  
78  
Abnormal change in output voltage of left rear speed sensor Left rear speed sensor rotor  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–132  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YU–01  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART  
HINT:  
S
Using SST 09843 –18040, connect the terminals Tc and CG.  
S
If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for that code. For de-  
tails of each code, turn to the page referred to under the ”See page” for respective ”DTC No.” in the  
DTC chart.  
DTC No.  
DetectionItem  
TroubleArea  
(See Page)  
S ABS solenoid valve relay  
11  
ABS solenoid valve relay faulty  
S Valve supply voltage  
S ECU  
(DI–136)  
S ABS motor relay  
S Pump motor voltage  
S Pump motor lead disconnected  
S ECU  
13  
ABS pump motor faulty  
(DI–138)  
21  
Right front solenoid valves faulty  
ABS actuator (right front inlet or outlet solenoid valve)  
ABS actuator (left front inlet or outlet solenoid valve)  
ABS actuator (right rear inlet or outlet solenoid valve)  
ABS actuator (left rear inlet or outlet solenoid valve)  
(DI–140)  
22  
Left front solenoid valves faulty  
(DI–140)  
23  
Right rear solenoid valves faulty  
(DI–140)  
24  
Left rear solenoid valves faulty  
(DI–140)  
31  
Right front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Left front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Right rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Left rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Open circuit in right front wheel speed sensor circuit  
Open circuit in left front wheel speed sensor circuit  
(DI–142)  
32  
S Right front, left front, right rear and left rear speed sensor  
(DI–142)  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S Sensorinstallation  
S ECU  
33  
(DI–142)  
34  
(DI–142)  
35  
S Right front, left front speed sensor  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S ECU  
(DI–142)  
36  
(DI–142)  
S Speed sensor  
S Sensor rotor  
S ECU  
37  
Speed sensor rotor is wrong number of teeth on one of the 4  
wheels  
(DI–147)  
38  
Open circuit in right rear wheel speed sensor circuit  
Open circuit in left rear wheel speed sensor circuit  
S Right rear, left rear speed sensor  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S ECU  
(DI–142)  
39  
(DI–142)  
S Battery  
41  
S ICregulator  
S Power source circuit  
S ECU  
Low battery voltage  
(DI–149)  
S Stop light switch  
S Stop light switch circuit  
S ECU  
58  
Open circuit in stop light switch circuit  
Malfunction in ECU  
(DI–153)  
62  
ECU  
(DI–157)  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–133  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YV–01  
PARTS LOCATION  
ABS Warning Light  
Brake Warning Light  
RearSpeedSenser  
ABS Actuator  
(w/ ECU, Relay)  
Front SpeedSensor  
Rear Speed Senser  
Rotor  
Front SpeedSensor  
Rotor  
DLC3  
F04286  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–134  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YW–01  
TERMINALS OF ECU  
A6  
F10161  
Symbols (TerminalsNo.)  
WiringColor  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
+B (A6 – 17, 18) – GND (A6 –  
16, 19)  
B ↔ W–B  
Constant  
10 – 14  
10 – 14  
IG1(A6 – 15) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
B–R ↔ W–B  
IG switch ON  
IG switch ON, ABS warning light ON  
IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF  
Stop light switch OFF  
10 – 14  
Below 2.6  
Below 1.5  
5 – 14  
WA (A6 – 20) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
P–L ↔ W–B  
G–W ↔ W–B  
STP (A6 – 14) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
Stop light switch ON  
Tc (A6 – 12) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
LG–R ↔ W–B  
R–B ↔ W–B  
IG switch ON  
IG switch ON  
5.7 – 8.1  
5.7 – 8.1  
Ts (A6 – 11) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
*1  
W–R ↔ B  
IG switch ON,  
FR+ (A6 – 5) – FR– (A6 – 4)  
FL+ (A6 – 7) – FL– (A6 – 6)  
RR+ (A6 – 2) – RR– (A6 – 1)  
RL+ (A6 – 9) – RL– (A6 – 8)  
ACgeneration  
ACgeneration  
ACgeneration  
*2  
slowly turn right front wheel  
W
↔ B  
IG switch ON,  
R ↔ L–W  
slowly turn left front wheel  
*1  
P ↔ L–R  
IG switch ON,  
*2  
slowly turn right rear wheel  
P ↔ L  
IG switch ON,  
Y ↔ BR  
ACgeneration  
slowly turn left rear wheel  
SP1 (A6 – 10) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
L ↔ W–B  
Vehicle driveing at about 20 km/h (12 mph)  
Pulsegeneration  
IG switch ON, parking brake switch ON  
IG switch ON, parking brake switch OFF  
IG switch ON, shift lever P or N range  
IG switch ON, except shift lever P or N range  
IG switch ON, brake warning light OFF  
IG switch ON, brake warning light ON  
Below 2.6  
10 – 14  
PKB (A6 – 13) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
R–W ↔ W–B  
B–W ↔ W–B  
R–W ↔ W–B  
10 – 14  
PN (A6 – 23) – GND (A6 – 16,  
19)  
Below 1.6  
Below 2.6  
10 – 14  
EBDW (A6 – 21) – GND  
(A6 – 16, 19)  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–135  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YX–01  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE  
If a normal code is displayed during the DTC check but the problem still occurs, check the circuits for each  
problem symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to the relevant troubleshooting page.  
Symptoms  
InspectionCircuit  
See page  
Only when 1.to 4. are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the  
ABS ECU.  
1. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal code is output.  
2. Power source circuit  
DI–129  
DI–149  
DI–142  
DI–168  
ABS does not operate.  
3. Speed sensor circuit  
4. Check the hydraulic circuit for leakage.  
Only when 1. το 4. are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the  
ABS ECU.  
ABS does not operate  
intermittently.  
1. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal code is output.  
2. Speed sensor circuit  
DI–129  
DI–142  
DI–153  
DI–168  
3. Stop light switch circuit  
4. Check the hydraulic circuit for leakage.  
ABS warning light  
abnormal.  
1. ABS warning light circuit  
2. ABS ECU  
DI–159  
Brake warning light  
abnormal.  
1. Brake warning light circuit  
2. ABS ECU  
DI–161  
Only when 1. and 2. are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the  
ABS ECU.  
DTC check cannot be done.  
1. ABS warning light circuit  
2. Tc terminal circuit  
DI–159  
DI–164  
Speed sensor signal check  
cannot be done.  
1. Ts terminal circuit  
2. ABS ECU  
DI–166  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–136  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YY–01  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
DTC  
11  
ABS Solenoid Valve Relay Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This relay supplies power to each ABS solenoid. After the ignition switch is turned ON, if the initial check is  
OK, the relay goes on.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any conditions from 1. through 3.:  
3. 3 or more solenoid valves are detected faulty in re-  
sponse and at the same time valve supply voltage is  
detectedfaulty.  
S ABS solenoid valve relay  
11  
S Valve supply voltage  
S ECU  
4. Solenoid valve relay will not be switched OFF.  
5. Valve relay is stuck in spite of its high valve relay supply  
voltage.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
4
2
(* ) (* )  
2
2
B
B
EA1 EC1  
1
* : 1ZZ–FF,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
1
1
B
B
2
* : 1CD–FTV  
EA1 EC1  
3
* : 1AZ–FSE  
17 A6  
+B  
18 A6  
+B  
Valve Relay  
4
* : Except 1CD–FTV  
5
F20  
1
* : LHD  
6
* : RHD  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ABS  
60A  
Motor Relay  
ECU  
ALT  
2
140A*  
120A*  
100A*  
3
1
F15  
1
2
B (* )  
3
B–G(* )  
1
W(* )  
FL Main  
16  
A6  
2, 3  
W–B  
GND  
3.0w* *  
Engine Room J/B  
1
GND  
2.0L*  
8
2B  
A6 19  
W–B  
1
W–B  
2F  
5
W–B  
J9 (* )  
6
J27 (* )  
A
A
Battery  
W–B  
5
3
2F  
J1 (* )  
J/C  
6
W–B  
J20 (* )  
W–B  
W–B  
J/C  
EA  
EB  
IJ  
II  
F13402  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–137  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals A6 – 17, 18 and A6 – 16, 19 of ABS actuator  
connector.  
PREPARATION:  
LOCK  
Disconnect the ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
Measure the voltage between terminals A6 – 17, 18 and A6 –  
16, 19 of ABS actuator harness side connector.  
OK:  
A6  
18  
17  
(–)  
(+)  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
16  
19  
F00064  
NG  
Check and replace fuses.  
Check and repair harness or connector.  
OK  
If the same code is still output after the DTC is deleted, check the contact condition of each con-  
nection. If the connections are normal, the ECU may be defective.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–138  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7YZ–01  
DTC  
13  
Pump Motor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The ABS motor relay supplies power to the ABS pump motor. While the ABS is activated, the ECU switches  
the ABS motor relay ON and operates the ABS pump motor.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any conditions from 1. through 3.:  
1. After actuating the motor relay, voltage will not be sup-  
plied to the pump motor within 0.4 secs.  
2. Although the voltage supplied to the pump motor is in a  
high level, motor relay will not actuate for 2.5 secs, or  
more.  
S ABS motor relay  
S Pump motor voltage  
13  
S Pump motor lead disconnected  
S ECU  
3. The voltage supplied to the pump motor keeps low level  
for louger than 0.4 secs. and the pump repeats activat-  
ing for 7 secs. 3times maximally. After the last activation,  
the pump motor has been gone dead because of short  
circuit.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
4
2
(* ) (* )  
2
2
B
B
EA1 EC1  
1
* : 1ZZ–FF,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
1
1
B
B
2
* : 1CD–FTV  
EA1 EC1  
3
* : 1AZ–FSE  
17 A6  
+B  
18 A6  
+B  
Valve Relay  
4
* : Except 1CD–FTV  
5
F20  
1
* : LHD  
6
* : RHD  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ABS  
60A  
Motor Relay  
ECU  
ALT  
2
140A*  
120A*  
100A*  
3
1
F15  
1
2
B (* )  
3
B–G(* )  
1
W(* )  
FL Main  
16  
A6  
2, 3  
W–B  
GND  
3.0w* *  
Engine Room J/B  
1
GND  
2.0L*  
8
2B  
A6 19  
W–B  
1
W–B  
2F  
5
W–B  
J9 (* )  
6
J27 (* )  
A
A
Battery  
W–B  
5
3
2F  
J1 (* )  
J/C  
6
W–B  
J20 (* )  
W–B  
W–B  
J/C  
EA  
EB  
IJ  
II  
F13402  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–139  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals A6 – 17, 18 and A6 – 16, 19 of ABS actuator  
connector.  
PREPARATION:  
LOCK  
Disconnect the ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
Measure the voltage between terminals A6 – 17, 18 and A6 –  
16, 19 of ABS actuator harness side connector.  
OK:  
A6  
17  
(–)  
(+)  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
16  
19 18  
F00064  
NG  
Check and replace fuses.  
Check and repair harness or connector.  
OK  
If the same code is still output after the DTC is deleted, check the contact condition of each con-  
nection. If the connections are normal, the ECU may be defective.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–140  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z0–01  
DTC  
21, 22, 23, 24  
ABS Solenoid Valve Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This solenoid goes on when signals are received from the ECU and controls the pressure acting on the wheel  
cylinders thus controlling the braking force.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
21, 22, 23, 24  
Solenoid valve signal does not match for the check result.  
Each solenoid valve  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
4
2
(* ) (* )  
2
2
B
B
EA1 EC1  
1
* : 1ZZ–FF,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
1
1
B
B
2
* : 1CD–FTV  
EA1 EC1  
3
* : 1AZ–FSE  
A6  
+B  
17  
18 A6  
+B  
Valve Relay  
4
* : Except 1CD–FTV  
5
1
F20  
* : LHD  
6
* : RHD  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ABS  
60A  
Motor Relay  
ECU  
ALT  
2
140A*  
120A*  
100A*  
3
1
F15  
1
2
B (* )  
3
B–G(* )  
1
W(* )  
FL Main  
16  
A6  
2, 3  
W–B  
GND  
3.0w* *  
Engine Room J/B  
1
GND  
2.0L*  
8
2B  
A6 19  
W–B  
1
W–B  
2F  
5
W–B  
J9 (* )  
6
J27 (* )  
A
A
W–B  
Battery  
5
3
2F  
J1 (* )  
J20 (* )  
J/C  
6
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
J/C  
EA  
EB  
IJ  
II  
F13402  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–141  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC once more.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–129).  
(b) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
CHECK:  
Turn the ignition switch ON, and check if the same DTC is stored in the memory.  
NO No problem.  
YES  
Replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–142  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z1–01  
DTC 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39 Speed Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The speed sensor detects wheel speed and sends the ap-  
propriate signals to the ECU. These signals are used to control  
the ABS system. The front and rear rotors each have 48 serra-  
tions.  
When the rotors rotate, the magnetic field emitted by the perma-  
nent magnet in the speed sensor generates an AC voltage.  
Since the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct propor-  
tion to the speed of the rotor, the frequency is used by the ECU  
to detect the speed of each wheel.  
Speed Sensor  
S
N
Magnet  
Rotor  
Coil  
To ECU  
Low Speed  
High Speed  
+V  
–V  
BR3583  
BR3582  
F00010  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any of conditions from 1. through 3.:  
1. Vehicle speed is more than 40 km/h (25 mph), pulses  
are not input for 0.01 secs.  
2. After the initial start or restart and when the vehicle  
speed has reached 12 km/h (7 mph), the wheel with 0  
km/h (0 mph) of wheel speed was detected.  
3. After the initial start or restart and when the vehicle  
speed has reached 70 km/h (44 mph), front wheel with 0  
km/h (0 mph) of wheel speed was detected.  
4. In case that the vehicle equipped with the temporaly tire  
is driven with high speed but without low pressure in that  
temporalytire.  
S Right front, left front, right rear, left rear speed sensor  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S Sensorinstallation  
S ECU  
31, 32, 33, 34  
S Tire pressure  
S Right front, left front, right rear, left rear speed sensor  
Detecting abnormality in the resistance value of each speed  
sensor.  
35, 36, 38, 39  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S ECU  
HINT:  
S
S
S
S
DTC Nos. 31 and 35 are for the right front speed sensor.  
DTC Nos. 32 and 36 are for the left front speed sensor.  
DTC Nos. 33 and 38 are for the right rear speed sensor.  
DTC Nos. 34 and 39 are for the left rear speed sensor.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–143  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
Left Front  
Speed Sensor  
1
7
A6  
R
FL+  
FL–  
6
2
L–W  
A6  
1
Right Front  
Speed Sensor  
W (* )  
2
(Shielded)  
(Shielded)  
W–R (* )  
5
1
IH2  
W
1
A6  
FR+  
FR–  
1
1
(* )  
(* )  
4
A6  
2
2
IH2  
3
IH2  
B
1
B (* )  
R (* )  
2
W–B  
Left Rear  
Speed Sensor  
1 Y  
1
(* )  
(Shielded)  
(Shielded)  
9
A6  
9
9
Y
IC1 ID1  
RL+  
RL–  
2
(* )  
8
A6  
10 10  
IC1 ID1  
1
2
1
BR  
B (* )  
(* )  
11  
2
BR (* )  
ID1  
2
(* )  
W–B  
Right Rear  
7
II1  
1
(* )  
Speed Sensor  
1
(Shielded)  
(Shielded)  
2
8
7
P
P
A6 RR+  
II1 II1  
1
(* )  
1
9
8
2
RR–  
A6  
II1  
II1  
1
1
L (* )  
V (* )  
L (* )  
2
(* )  
2
2
L–R (* )  
A
19  
A
W–B  
A6 GND  
2
*1  
J1 (* ), J20( )  
J/C  
W–B  
A
2
*1  
J9 (* ), J27( )  
J/C  
IJ  
II  
1
* RHD  
*2  
LHD  
F13403  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–144  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check speed sensor.  
Front  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the front fender liner.  
1
(b) Disconnect the speed sensor connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed sensor  
connector.  
OK:  
Resistance: 0.6 – 2.5 kΩ (1.6 ± 0.2 kΩ at 20 °C)  
R14205  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed sensor  
connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 MΩ or higher  
Rear  
PREPARATION:  
1
(a) Remove the seat cushion and side seatback.  
(b) Disconnect the speed sensor connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed sensor  
connector.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1.2 – 2.3 kΩ (1.6 ± 0.1 kΩ at 20 °C)  
R14213  
CHECK:  
Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed sensor  
connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 MΩ or higher  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–129).  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–145  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each speed  
sensor and ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
3
Check speed sensor installation.  
CHECK:  
Check the speed sensor installation.  
OK:  
The installation bolt is tightened properly and there is  
no clearance between the sensor and front steering  
knuckle or rear axle carrier.  
OK  
NG  
BR3795  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–129).  
OK  
4
Check speed sensor and sensor rotor serrations.  
REFERENCE: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE  
PREPARATION:  
Normal Signal Waveform  
(a) Remove the ABS ECU.  
(b) Connect the oscilloscope to the terminals FR+, FL+, RR+  
or RL+ and GND of the ABS ECU.  
CHECK:  
GND  
Drive the vehicle at about 30 km/h (19 mph), and check the sig-  
nal waveform.  
2 m/s / Division  
1 V / Division  
W04200  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–146  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
5
Check sensor rotor and sensor tip.  
Front  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the front drive shaft (See page SA–3).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor rotor serrations.  
OK:  
No scratches or missing teeth or foreign objects.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the front speed sensor (See Pub. No. RM599E on  
R00948  
page BR–41).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor tip.  
OK:  
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.  
Rear  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the axle hub (See Pub. No. RM599E on page SA–10).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor rotor serrations.  
OK:  
No scratches or missing teeth or foreign objects.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the rear speed sensor (See Pub. No. RM599E on  
R00947  
page BR–44).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor tip.  
OK:  
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.  
NG  
Replace sensor rotor or speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–129).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–147  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z2–01  
DTC  
37  
Speed Sensor Rotor Faulty  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
Detection of any of conditions from 1. through 3.:  
TroubleArea  
1. Occurrence of differential to some degree in the wheel  
speed between the front and rear wheels of either left or  
right side of the vehicle and the front left and right  
wheels. (Detection of differential in mini tire size, spin-  
ning wheel and decelerating wheel.)  
S Speed sensor  
S Sensor rotor  
S ECU  
2. Continuous ABS control for 60 secs. or more.  
3. Interference on 1 or more wheels for 20 secs. with the  
brake pedal depressed, or for 5 secs. when the brake  
pedal is not depressed.  
37  
S Tire pressure  
4. In case that the vehicle equipped with the temporaly tire  
is driven with high speed but without low pressure in that  
temporalytire.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check sensor rotor (See page DI–142).  
NG  
Replace sensor rotor.  
OK  
2
Check speed sensor (See page DI–142).  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–148  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
3
Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector between speed sensor  
and ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness and connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–149  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z3–01  
DTC  
41  
Power Source Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This circuit is the power source for the ECU, hence the actuators.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When the vehicle speed is at aprox. 6 km/h (4 mph), low  
battery voltage is less than 9.4 V at the time of non–opera-  
tion of ABS control or less than 8.8 V at the time of opera-  
tion of ABS control, and high battery voltage is more than  
17.4 V.  
S Battery  
S ICregulator  
S Power source circuit  
S ECU  
41  
Fail safe function:  
If trouble occurs in the power source circuit, the ECU cuts off current to the ABS solenoid valve relay and  
prohibits ABS control.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
4
2
(* ) (* )  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
2
2
B
B
EA1 EC1  
ECU–IG  
9
18  
18  
3A  
B–R  
15  
B–R  
1
1
IE  
3D  
B
B
EA1 EC1  
18 A6 17 A6 A6  
1
+B  
+B  
* : 1ZZ–FF,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
IG1  
1 F20  
2
* : 1CD–FTV  
Valve Relay  
ABS  
60A  
3
* : 1AZ–FSE  
4
* : Except 1CD–FTV  
Fusible  
Link  
5
* : LHD  
6
* : RHD  
Block  
Motor Relay  
ECU  
ALT  
1
F15  
2
B (* )  
3
B–G(* )  
FL Main  
16  
A6  
1
2, 3  
W(* )  
GND  
W–B  
3.0w* *  
Engine Room J/B  
1
2.0L*  
GND  
A6  
2B 8  
1
19  
W–B  
2F  
5
W–B  
W–B  
J9 (* )  
W–B  
6
J27 (* )  
A
A
5
3
2F  
W–B  
J1 (* )  
J20 (* )  
J/C  
Battery  
J/C  
6
W–B  
W–B  
IJ  
II  
EB  
EA  
F13404  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–150  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check battery voltage.  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
OK:  
NG  
Check and replace fuses.  
Check and repair the charging system.  
OK  
2
Check voltage between terminals IG1 and GND of ABS actuator connector.  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
Disconnect ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminals IG1 and GND of ABS  
actuator harness side connector.  
OK:  
IG1  
GND  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
(+)  
(–)  
F00067  
NG  
Check and replace fuses.  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–151  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
3
Check continuity between terminals GND of ABS actuator connector and body  
ground.  
CHECK:  
LOCK  
Measure resistance between terminals GND of ABS actuator  
harness side connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 Ω or less  
(+)  
GND  
(–)  
F00068  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–152  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
4
Check ECU–IG fuse.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove ECU–IG fuse from instrument panel J/B.  
Instrument Panel J/B  
CHECK:  
Check continuity of ECU–IG fuse.  
OK:  
ECU–IG  
Continuity  
F12740  
NG  
Check for short circuit in all the harness and  
components connected to ECU–IG fuse (See at-  
tached wiring diagram.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–153  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z4–01  
DTC  
58  
Stop Light Switch Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
58  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Stop light switch circuit is open circuit, and stop light switch S Stop light switch  
voltage is in the level between 65 % or more and less  
than 93 % of the battery voltage.  
S Stop light switch circuit  
S ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Sedan:  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP 10A  
14  
STP  
A6  
10  
IG  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
1
5
W–R *  
W
G–W  
1
G–W  
IA  
6
W *  
2
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
5
G–W  
ALT  
G–W  
F *1 F *1  
Fusible  
Link  
ID1 II1  
7
8
9
140A *  
120A *  
100A *  
5
6
*
*
Block  
1
F15  
J/C  
7
B *  
8
9
B–G *  
D *2 D *2  
G–W  
G–W  
W *  
High  
FL  
Mounted  
Stop  
Main  
1
6
2
4
Stop  
7, 8  
9
Stop Light  
RH  
3.0W * *  
2.0L *  
Light LH  
W–B  
Light  
2
4
W–B  
*1: J12(LHD), J28(RHD)  
*2: J13(LHD), J29(RHD)  
*3: J10 (LHD), J30 (RHD)  
*4: J11 (LHD), J31 (RHD)  
*5: LHD  
*6: RHD  
*7: 1CD–FTV  
A *4  
J/C  
A *3  
A *4 A *4  
Battery  
W–B  
A
*3  
W–B  
BL *  
W–B  
5
*8: 1AZ–FSE  
*9: 1ZZ–FE,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
BM  
6
BN *  
F13602  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–154  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
Lift Back (LHD):  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP 10A  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
14  
1
IA  
10  
IG  
W
W–R  
1
G–W  
G–W  
STP  
A6  
2
1
1
2
140A *  
120A *  
100A *  
8 3C  
F17  
Fusible  
Link  
6
ID1  
3
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
Block  
ALT  
D J14 D J14  
1
BD1  
1
F15  
J/C  
1
B *  
B–G *  
W *  
2
F J15 F J15  
G–W  
G–W  
3
G–W  
3
High  
FL  
Main  
Mounted  
Stop  
1
5
Stop  
Stop Light  
LH  
W–B  
1, 2  
3.0W * *  
Light RH  
W–B  
3
Light  
2.0L *  
2
3
5
E
E
B
J15  
J15  
J15  
W–B  
J/C  
E J14  
W–B  
Battery  
BQ  
E J14 B J14  
W–B  
W–B  
BP  
1
* :1CD–FTV  
2
* :1AZ–FSE  
3
* :1ZZ–FE,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
BO  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
Lift Back (RHD):  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
21  
3D  
STOP 10A  
1
IA  
14  
21  
3F  
10  
IG  
W
G–W  
G–W  
STP  
A6  
2
1
W
1
140A *  
120A *  
100A *  
2
3
8 3C  
1
F17  
5
II1  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT  
E J33 D J32  
1
BD1  
1
J/C  
F15  
1
B *  
2
E J33 E J33  
G–W  
B–G *  
W *  
G–W  
G–W  
3
FL  
Main  
3.0W * *  
2.0L *  
High  
1
2
3
5
1, 2  
Stop  
Light LH  
Stop Light  
RH  
Mounted  
Stop  
3
5
3
Light  
W–B  
Battery  
BQ  
W–B  
W–B  
1
* :1CD–FTV  
2
* :1AZ–FSE  
3
BP  
BO  
* :1ZZ–FE,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
F13603  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–155  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
Wagon:  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP 10A  
IA  
14  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
1
10  
IG  
1
W
G–W  
5
G–W  
W–R *  
STP  
A6  
2
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
3
4
5
1
2
140A *  
120A *  
100A *  
J16 *  
J34 *  
G–W  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ID1 II1  
2
1
ALT  
*
*
B
1
2
J17 *  
J35 *  
1
F15  
3
B *  
B–G *  
4
C
C
C
W *5  
FL  
High  
G–W  
G–W  
Stop  
G–W  
Main  
3.0W * *  
2.0L *  
Mounted  
Stop  
2
1
2
3, 4  
Stop Light  
RH  
W–B  
5
Light LH  
Light  
4
A
2
A
4
A
W–B  
W–B  
1
J17 *  
J35 *  
J/C  
2
Battery  
1
* :LHD  
* :RHD  
* :1CD–FTV  
* :1AZ–FSE  
2
A
A
W–B  
BS  
3
W–B  
4
5
BR  
* :1ZZ–FE,3ZZ–FE,3S–FE  
F13604  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check operation of stop light.  
CHECK:  
Check that stop light lights up when brake pedal is depressed and turns off when brake pedal is released.  
NG  
Repair stop light circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E  
on BE–57).  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–156  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
2
Check voltage between terminal STP of ABS actuator and body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
(–)  
(+)  
Measure voltage between terminal STP of ABS actuator har-  
STP  
ness side connector and body ground when brake pedal is de-  
pressed.  
OK:  
Voltage: 8 – 14 V  
F00069  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
problem symptoms table (See page DI–135).  
NG  
3
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between ABS ECU and stop  
light switch (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–157  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z5–01  
DTC  
62  
ABS ECU Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
62  
DTCDetectingCondition  
ABS ECU continuously detected the inproper operation of  
ABS.  
TroubleArea  
S Battery  
S ECU  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Is DTC output?  
Check DTC on page DI–129.  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code.  
NO  
2
Is normal code displayed?  
YES  
Check for short circuit in harness and connec-  
tor between DLC3 and ABS ECU (See page  
IN–30).  
NO  
3
Does ABS warning light go off?  
YES  
Check open and short circuit of the harness and  
connector in the Tc circuit between ECU and  
DLC3.  
NO  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–158  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
4
Check voltage between terminals IG1 and GND of ABS actuator connector.  
PREPARATION:  
ON  
Disconnect ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminals IG1 and GND of ABS  
actuator harness side connector.  
OK:  
IG1  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
(+)  
(–)  
GND  
F00067  
YES  
Check for open or short circuit in harness and  
connector between ECU–IG fuse and ABS ac-  
tuator (See page IN–30).  
OK  
5
Check connection of ABS actuator connector.  
CHECK:  
(a) Check the connection of the ABS actuator connector.  
(b) Check the ABS warning light goes off.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–159  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z6–01  
ABS Warning Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
If the ECU detects trouble, it lights the ABS warning light while at the same time prohibiting ABS control. At  
this time, the ECU records a DTC in memory.  
Connecting terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 makes the ABS warning light blink and output the DTC.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS Actuator  
with ECU  
ABS Warning  
Light  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
10  
C11  
20  
A6 WA  
9
C11  
22  
C11  
10  
IF  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
1
3F  
5
IC  
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
P–L  
Combination  
Meter  
B–Y  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1  
Ignition S/W  
Fusible Link  
Block  
3
2
2
F17  
1
1)  
1
W(LHD)  
W(RHD)  
2
B (*  
W
5
2
IC  
IA  
B–G (* )  
8
1
3)  
W (*  
40A  
F15  
F17  
Battery  
FL Main  
1
2
3
140A *  
120A *  
100A *  
1
2
3.0W (* , * )  
2.0L (* )  
3
1
* : 1CD–FTV  
2
* : 1AZ–FSE  
3
* : 1ZZ–FE, 3ZZ–FE, 3S–FE  
F13405  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–160  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
Troubleshoot in accordance with the chart below for each trouble symptom.  
ABS warning light does not light up  
Go to step 1  
Go to step 2  
ABS warning light remains ON  
1
Check ABS warning light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG Repair bulb or combination meter assembly.  
OK  
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between GAUGE fuse and ABS ECU (See page  
IN–30).  
2
Is DTC output?  
Check DTC on page DI–129.  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code.  
NO  
Check for short circuit in harness and connector between ABS warning light, DLC3 and ECU (See  
page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–161  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z7–01  
BRAKE Warning Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The BRAKE warning light lights up when the brake fluid is insufficient, parking brake is applied or the EBD  
is defective.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS Actuator  
with ECU  
P2  
Parking Brake  
Switch  
2
2
13  
A6  
R–W  
1
R–W  
PKB  
IC4 IC3  
(RHD) (LHD)  
BRAKE Warning  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
10  
Light  
5
21  
1
22  
C11  
9
10  
3A  
5
GAUGE  
10A  
R–L  
R–W  
R–L  
IF  
A6 EBDW  
IC  
3F  
10  
3F  
C11  
R–L  
C11  
Combination  
Meter  
B–Y  
Ignition S/W  
Fusible Link  
Block  
AM1  
40A  
1
3
IC  
2
1A  
B (* )  
2
F17  
1
2
W(LHD)  
W(RHD)  
1
W
5
2
B–G (* )  
3
8
W (* )  
1
ALT  
F15  
F17  
FL Main  
1
140A *  
1,  
2
3.0W (* * )  
2
120A *  
3
Battery  
2.0L (* )  
3
100A *  
1
* : 1CD–FTV  
* : 1AZ–FSE  
* : 1ZZ–FE, 3ZZ–FE, 3S–FE  
2
3
F13406  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–162  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check parking brake switch circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–45).  
NG  
Repair or replace parking brake switch circuit.  
OK  
2
Check brake fluid level warning switch circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E on page  
BE–45).  
NG  
Repair or replace brake fluid level warning  
switch circuit.  
OK  
3
Is DTC output for ABS ?  
Yes  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code.  
No  
4
Check brake warning light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG Repair or replace combination meter.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–163  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
5
Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–164  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z8–01  
Tc Terminal Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Connecting between terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 causes the ECU to display the DTC by flashing the  
ABS warning light.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
DLC3  
J44 J/C  
12  
W–B  
LG–R  
F
F
LG–R  
A6  
Tc  
CG  
Tc  
4
13  
A
J1 (LHD)  
J/C  
J27 (RHD)  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
F04476  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
Tc  
OK:  
Voltage: 5.7 – 8.1 V  
CG  
DLC3  
F09678  
OK  
If ABS warning light does not blink even after Tc  
and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-  
tive.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–165  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS ECU  
and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–166  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7Z9–01  
Ts Terminal Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The sensor check circuit detects abnormalities in the speed sensor signal which cannot be detected with  
the DTC check.  
Connecting terminals Ts and CG of the DLC3 on the lower finish panel starts the check.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS ECU with  
Actuator  
DLC3  
11  
A6 Ts  
R–B  
W–B  
CG  
Ts  
4
14  
A
J1 (LHD)  
J/C  
J27 (RHD)  
II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
F04477  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
CHECK:  
Ts  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
OK:  
Voltage: 5.7 – 8.1 V  
DLC3  
CG  
F04969  
OK  
If ABS warning light does not blink even after Ts  
and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-  
tive.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–167  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS ECU  
and DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–168  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC  
BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD)  
DI7ZA–01  
Check for Fluid Leakage  
Check for fluid leakage from actuator or hydraulic lines.  
F04266  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–169  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZB–01  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING  
Troubleshoot in accordance with the procedure on the following pages.  
Vehicle Brought to Workshop  
Items inside  
are titles of pages in this manual,  
with the page number in the bottom portion. See  
the pages for detailed explanations.  
1
2
Customer Problem Analysis  
P. DI–170  
Check and Clear DTC (Precheck)  
P. DI–171  
Symptom  
does not occur  
Symptom Simulation  
P. IN–20  
3
4
Problem Symptom Confirmation  
Symptom  
occurs  
Normal code  
5
DTC Check  
P. DI–171  
Malfunction code  
7
6
8
Problem Symptoms Table  
P. DI–181  
DTC Chart  
P. DI–176  
9
Sensor Check  
Circuit Inspection  
Check for Fluid Leakage  
P. DI–254  
P. DI–182 – DI–252  
Identification of Problem  
Repair  
10  
11  
Confirmation Test  
End  
Diagnostic steps permitting the use of the  
hand–held tester or break–out–box.  
Step 2, 5, 8, 9, 11:  
Fail safe function:  
When a failure occurs in the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC system, the respective warning light (ABS, VSC) is lit and  
the operation of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC is prohibited. In addition to this, when the failure which disables the EBD  
operation occurs, the brake warning light is lit as well and the EBD operation is prohibited.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–170  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZC–01  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC Check Sheet  
Inspector’s  
:
Name  
Registration No.  
Registration Data  
Frame No.  
/
/
Customer’s Name  
Date Vehicle  
Brought In  
km  
Odometer Reading  
/
/
miles  
Date Problem First Occurred  
Frequency Problem Occurs  
/
/
Continuous  
Intermittent (  
times a day)  
ABS does not operate.  
ABS does not operate efficiently.  
TRC does not operate.  
VSC does not operate. (Wheels spin when starting rapidly.)  
BA does not operate.  
Symptoms  
ABS Warning Light  
Remains ON  
Remains ON  
Does not Light Up  
Does not Light Up  
Abnormal  
VSC OFF Indicator  
Light Abnormal  
VSC Warning  
Remains ON  
Remains ON  
Remains ON  
Does not Light Up  
Does not Light Up  
Does not Light Up  
Light Abnormal  
SLIP Indicator  
Light Abnormal  
BRAKE Warning  
Light Abnormal  
Malfunction  
Normal  
Check Item  
DTC Check  
Does not Light Up  
Indicator Light  
Malfunction Code (Code  
Malfunction Code (Code  
)
)
1st Time  
2nd Time  
Normal Code  
Normal Code  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–171  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZD–01  
PRE–CHECK  
1.  
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM  
(a) Check the warning lights.  
(1) Release the parking brake lever.  
(2) When the ignition switch is turned ON, check that  
the ABS warning light, VSC warning light, VSC OFF  
indicator light, BRAKE warning light and SLIP indi-  
cator light goes on for approx. 2 seconds.  
F12737  
HINT:  
S
When the parking brake is applied or the level of the brake  
fluid is low, the BRAKE warning light is lit.  
S
If the indicator check result is not normal, proceed to trou-  
bleshooting for the ABS warning light circuit, VSC warn-  
ing light circuit, VSC OFF indicator light circuit, BRAKE  
warning light circuit or SLIP indicator light circuit.  
TroubleArea  
See page  
DI–231,DI–225  
DI–233,DI–228  
DI–243  
ABS warning light circuit  
VSC warning light circuit  
VSC OFF indicator light circuit  
BRAKE warning light circuit  
SLIP indicator light circuit  
DI–236  
DI–240  
(b) In case of not using hand–held tester:  
Tc  
Check the DTC of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843–18040  
DLC3  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Read the DTC from the ABS warning light and VSC  
warning light on the combination meter.  
HINT:  
S
CG  
If no code appears, inspect the diagnostic circuit, ABS  
warning light circuit or VSC waning light circuit.  
F04969  
TroubleArea  
See page  
DI–250  
DI–231  
DI–233  
Tc terminal circuit  
ABS warning light circuit  
VSC warning light circuit  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–172  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
S
As an example, the blinking patterns for normal code and  
code 31 and 32 are shown on the left.  
(4) Codes are explained in the code table on page  
DI–176.  
Normal Code  
2 secs.  
0.25 secs.  
0.25 secs.  
(5) After completing the check, disconnect terminals Tc  
and E1, and turn OFF the display.  
ON  
If 2 or more malfunctions are indicated at the same time, the  
lowest numbered DTC will be displayed 1st.  
OFF  
Code 31 and 32  
0.5 secs.  
1.5 secs.  
2.5 secs.  
0.5 secs.  
4 secs.  
ON  
OFF  
Code 32  
Code 31  
F04712  
(c) In case of using hand–held tester :  
Check the DTC.  
Hand–held  
Tester  
(1) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Read the DTC by following the prompts on the tes-  
ter screen.  
HINT:  
DLC3  
Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual for fur-  
ther details.  
D01600  
(d) In case of not using hand–held tester:  
Clear the DTC.  
(1) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and E1 of check  
connector.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Clear the DTC stored in ECU by depressing the  
brake pedal 8 or more times within 5 seconds.  
(4) Check that the warning light shows the normal  
code.  
BR3890  
(5) Remove the SST from the terminals of DLC 3.  
SST 09843 – 18040  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–173  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
(e) In case of using hand–held tester:  
Clear the DTC.  
Hand–held  
Tester  
(1) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(3) Operate the hand–held tester to erase the codes.  
(See hand–held tester operator’s manual.)  
DLC3  
D01600  
2.  
SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK (TEST MODE)  
Ts  
(a) In case of not using hand–held tester:  
Check the sensor signal.  
DLC3  
(1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(2) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843–18040  
(3) Start the engine.  
CG  
F04969  
(4) Check that the ABS warning light blinks.  
HINT:  
If the ABS warning light does not blink, inspect the ABS warning  
light circuit (See page DI–231).  
0.13 sec.  
0.13 sec.  
ON  
(5) Drive vehicle straight forward.  
Drive vehicle at a speed faster than 45 km/h (28 mph) for  
several seconds.  
OFF  
HINT:  
The sensor check may not be completed if the front wheels are  
spun or the steering wheel is steered during this check.  
(6) Stop the vehicle.  
BR3904  
(7) Using SST, connect terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843–18040  
(8) Read the number of blinks of the ABS warning light.  
HINT:  
S
See the list of DTC shown on the next page.  
S
If every sensor is normal, a normal code is output (A cycle  
of 0.25 sec. ON and 0.25 sec. OFF is repeated).  
If 2 or more malfunction codes are identified at the same  
time, the lowest numbered code will be displayed 1st.  
S
Malfunction Code (Example Code 72, 76)  
7
2
7
6
ON  
OFF  
1.5 sec.  
0.5 sec.  
4 sec.  
2.5 sec.  
0.5 sec.  
0.5 sec.  
0.5 sec.  
Repeat  
BR3893  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–174  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
(9) After doing the check, disconnect the SST from ter-  
minals Ts and CG, Tc and CGof DLC3, and turn the  
ignition switch OFF.  
SST 09843–18040  
(b) In case of using hand–held tester:  
Hand–held  
Tester  
Check the sensor signal.  
(1) Hook up the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(2) Do step (3) – (6) on the previous page and this  
page.  
(3) Read the DTC by following the prompts on the tes-  
ter screen.  
DLC3  
HINT:  
Please refer to the hand–held tester operator’s manual for fur-  
ther details.  
D01600  
DTC of speed sensor check function:  
Code No.  
Diagnosis  
TroubleArea  
S Right front speed sensor  
C1271 / 71  
Low output voltage of right front speed sensor  
Low output voltage of left front speed sensor  
Low output voltage of right rear speed sensor  
Low output voltage of left rear speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Right front speed sensor rotor  
S Left front speed sensor  
C1272 / 72  
C1273 / 73  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Left front speed sensor rotor  
S Right rear speed sensor  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Right rear speed sensor rotor  
S Left rear speed sensor  
C1274 / 74  
C1275 / 75  
S Sensorinstallation  
S Left rear speed sensor rotor  
Abnormal change in output signal of right front speed sen-  
sor  
Right front speed sensor rotor  
C1276 / 76  
C1277 / 77  
C1278 / 78  
Abnormal change in output signal of left front speed sensor Left front speed sensor rotor  
Abnormal change in output signal of right rear speed sensor Right rear speed sensor rotor  
Abnormal change in output signal of left rear speed sensor  
Left rear speed sensor rotor  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–175  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
3.  
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ZERO POINT CALIBRA-  
TION  
NOTICE:  
When replacing the steering angle sensor with column as-  
sembly or ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU, Engine and ECT  
ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T) or when adjusting the front  
wheel alignment or steering wheel center point in accor-  
dance with the removing and installing or replacing the  
suspension, axle or steering parts, make sure to perform  
steering angle sensor zero point calibration.  
(a) Using SST, connect terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
SST 09843–18040  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(c) Make sure the steering off center angle is less than ±3°  
when assembling of steering wheels (Smaller value is de-  
sirable).  
(d) Press the VSC OFF switch and hold it.  
HINT:  
(e) Depress the brake pedal 3 times or more within 2 se-  
conds.  
(f)  
Check that the VSC buzzer sounds for 3 seconds.  
HINT:  
S
Press and hold the VSC OFF switch until VSC buzzer  
sounds.  
When it starts sounding, turn off the switch.  
When the VSC buzzer starts sounding, turn off the VSC  
OFF switch.  
If the VSC buzzer sounds, the sensor calibration is in nor-  
mal completion.  
If the VSC buzzer does not sound, do the sensor calibra-  
tion again.  
If the VSC buzzer still will not sound, there is malfunction  
in the steering angle sensor, so check the DTC.  
S
S
S
S
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–176  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZE–01  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART  
NOTICE:  
S
When removing the part, turn the ignition switch OFF.  
When replacing the steering angle sensor or ECU, make sure to perform steering angle sensor  
zero point calibration.  
S
HINT:  
S
S
S
Using SST 09843–18040, connect the terminals Tc and CG of the DLC 3.  
If any abnormality is not found when inspecting parts, inspect the ECU.  
If a malfunction code is displayed during the DTC check, check the circuit listed for the code. For details  
of each code, refer to the page under the ”See page” for respective ”DTC No.” in the DTC chart.  
DTC chart of ABS system:  
DTC No.  
DetectionItem  
TroubleArea  
(See Page)  
C0278 / 11  
S ABS solenoid relay  
Open or short circuit in ABS solenoid relay circuit  
Open or short circuit in ABS motor relay circuit  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator  
(DI–190)  
S ABS solenoid relay circuit  
C0273 / 13  
(DI–189)  
S ABS motor relay  
S ABS motor relay circuit  
C0226 / 21  
(DI–188)  
S Brakeactuator  
S SFRR or SFRH circuit  
C0236 / 22  
(DI–188)  
S Brakeactuator  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator  
S SFLR or SFLH circuit  
C0246 / 23  
(DI–188)  
S Brakeactuator  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator  
S SRRR or SRRH circuit  
C0256 / 24  
(DI–188)  
S Brakeactuator  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator  
S SRLR or SRLH circuit  
C0200 / 31  
(DI–182)  
Right front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Left front wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Right rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Left rear wheel speed sensor signal malfunction  
Open circuit in right front speed sensor circuit  
Open circuit in left front speed sensor circuit  
Front tires are different from rear in size.  
Open circuit in right rear speed sensor circuit  
Open circuit in left rear speed sensor circuit  
C0205 / 32  
(DI–182)  
S Right front, left front, right rear and left rear speed sensor  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
C0210 / 33  
(DI–182)  
S Speed sensor rotor  
C0215 / 34  
(DI–182)  
C1330 / 35  
(DI–182)  
S Right front speed sensor  
S Right front speed sensor circuit  
C1331 / 36  
(DI–182)  
S Left front speed sensor  
S Left front speed sensor circuit  
C1237 / 37  
(DI–206)  
S Tire size  
S Speed sensor rotor  
C1332 / 38  
(DI–182)  
S Right rear speed sensor  
S Right rear speed sensor circuit  
C1333 / 39  
(DI–182)  
S Left rear speed sensor  
S Left rear speed sensor circuit  
S Battery  
C1241 / 41  
(DI–208)  
Low battery positive voltage or abnormally high battery positive  
voltage  
S Chargingsystem  
S Power source circuit  
C1249 / 58  
(DI–215)  
S Stop light switch  
Open circuit in stop light switch circuit  
S Stop light switch circuit  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–177  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
C1300 / 62  
(DI–220)  
Malfunction in ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Always ON  
(DI–225)  
Malfunction in ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Open circuit in ABS warning light circuit  
S Chargingsystem  
S ABS warning light circuit  
DTC chart of VSC system:  
DTC No.  
DetectionItem  
(See Page)  
TroubleArea  
C1225 / 25  
(DI–188)  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator solenoid circuit (SMC1  
circuit)  
S Brakeactuator  
S SMC1 circuit  
C1226 / 26  
(DI–188)  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator solenoid circuit (SMC2  
circuit)  
S Brakeactuator  
S SMC2 circuit  
C1227 / 27  
(DI–188)  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator solenoid circuit (SRC1  
circuit)  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRC1 circuit  
C1228 / 28  
(DI–188)  
Open or short circuit in brake actuator solenoid circuit (SRC2  
circuit)  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRC2 circuit  
S Steering angle sensor circuit  
S Yaw rate sensor circuit  
C1301 / 42  
(DI–222)  
Malfunction in CAN communication (steering angle circuit, yaw  
rate sensor circuit)  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
C0365 / 43  
(DI–191)  
Malfunction in deceleration sensor (combined in yaw rate sen-  
sor)  
S Decelerationsensor  
S Deceleration sensor circuit  
S NEO circuit  
C1202 / 44  
(DI–197)  
Open or short circuit in NE signal circuit  
S Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T)  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
C1350 / 51  
(DI–221)  
Pump motor is locked  
S Brake actuator pump motor  
Open circuit in pump motor ground  
S Brake actuator pump motor circuit  
C1246 / 53  
(DI–212)  
S Master cylinder pressure sensor  
Malfunction in master cylinder pressure sensor  
Malfunction in steering angle sensor  
S Master cylinder pressure sensor circuit  
C1208 / 54  
(DI–202)  
S Steering angle sensor  
S Steering angle sensor circuit  
C0371 / 55  
(DI–194)  
S Yaw rate sensor  
Malfunction in yaw rate sensor circuit  
S Yaw rate sensor circuit  
Always ON  
(DI–228)  
Malfunction in ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Open circuit in VSC warning light circuit  
S Chargingsystem  
S VSC warning light circuit  
Malfunction in ENGINE and ECT ECU (A/T) or ENGINE ECU  
(M/T) and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU circuit  
S ENGINE and ECT ECU (A/T) or ENGINE ECU (M/T)  
C1203 / 59  
(DI–200)  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
S Serialcommunicationcircuit  
C1288 / 88  
(DI–219)  
Malfunction in ENGINE and ECT ECU (A/T) or ENGINE ECU  
(M/T) version  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
S Steering angle sensor zero point calibration  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–178  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZF–01  
PARTS LOCATION  
Combination Meter  
DABS Warning Light  
DVSC Warning Light  
DBRAKE Warning Light  
DVSC OFF Indicator Light  
DSLIP Indicator Light  
RearSpeedSenser  
Yaw Rate Sensor  
(Including Deceleration Sensor)  
Steering Angle Sensor  
Front SpeedSensor  
DLC3  
Rear Speed Senser  
Rotor  
Front SpeedSensor  
Rotor  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU with Actuator  
DMaster Cylinder Pressure Sensor  
DRelay  
F12739  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–179  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZG–01  
TERMINALS OF ECU  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU:  
A29  
F12741  
Symbols (TerminalsNo.)  
WiringColor  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
IG switch ON, VSC OFF indicator light ON  
IG switch ON, VSC OFF indicator light OFF  
IG switch ON, SLIP indicator light ON  
IG switch ON, SLIP indicator light OFF  
Below 2.0  
10 – 14  
WT (A29 – 2) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
O ↔ W–B  
Below 2.0  
10 – 14  
IND (A29 – 4) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
͌ ↔ W–B  
+BS (A29 – 5) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
ENG+ (A29 – 8) – ENG– (A29 – 7)  
+BM (A29 – 9) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
PMC (A29 – 11) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
E2 (A29 – 12) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
SS1 (A29 – 13) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
IG1 (A29 – 14) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
B ↔ W–B  
R ↔ L  
10 – 14  
Engineidling  
Pulsegeneration  
10 – 14  
B ↔ W–B  
LG ↔ W–B  
BR ↔ W–B  
W ↔ W–B  
B–R ↔ W–B  
IG switch ON, brake pedal released  
IG switch OFF  
0.3 – 0.8  
continuity  
IG switch ON  
Pulsegeneration  
10–14  
IG switch ON  
IG switch ON, VSC buzzer sounds  
IG switch ON, VSC buzzer does not sound  
Engine idling, slowly turn steering wheel  
IG switch ON  
Below1.0 ↔ 10–14  
10–14  
BZ (A29 – 15) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
G ↔ W–B  
YGND (A29 – 16) – YIGA (A29 – 30)  
TC (A29 – 17) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
TRC+ (A29 – 18) – TRC– (A29 – 19)  
BR–W ↔ LG–R  
LG–R ↔ W–B  
Y ↔ B  
Pulsegeneration  
10 – 14  
Engineidling  
Pulsegeneration  
Below 1.5  
IG switch ON, BRAKE warning light ON  
IG switch ON, BRAKE warning light OFF  
EBDW (A29 – 20) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
FR+ (A29 – 21) – FR– (A29 – 22)  
R–W ↔ W–B  
10 – 14  
1
W–R * ↔ B  
IG switch ON, slowly turn right front wheel  
ACgeneration  
2
W * ↔ B  
RL+ (A29 – 23) – RL– (A29 – 40)  
D/G (A29 – 26) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
VCM (A29 – 27) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
TS (A29 – 28) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
SS2 (A29 – 29) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
Y ↔ BR  
LG–R ↔ W–B  
L–Y ↔ W–B  
R–B ↔ W–B  
B ↔ W–B  
IG switch ON, slowly turn left rear wheel  
IG switch ON  
ACgeneration  
10 – 14  
IG switch ON  
4.5 – 5.5  
IG switch ON  
10 – 14  
IG switch ON  
Pulsegeneration  
Below 2.0  
10 – 14  
IG switch ON, parking brake switch ON  
IG switch ON, parking brake switch OFF  
Engineidling  
PKB (A29 – 31) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
NEO (A29 – 32) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
VSCW (A29 – 34) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
R–W ↔ W–B  
P ↔ W–B  
Pulsegeneration  
Below 2.0  
10 – 14  
IG switch ON, VSC warning light ON  
IG switch ON, VSC warning light OFF  
R ↔ W–B  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–180  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
IG switch ON, ABS warning light ON  
10 – 14  
Below 2.0  
WA (A29 – 35) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
P–L ↔ W–B  
L ↔ W–B  
IG switch ON, ABS warning light OFF  
Vehicle driving at about 20 km/h (12 mph)  
Stop light switch ON (Brake pedal pushed)  
Stop light switch OFF (Brake pedal released)  
3
SP1 (A29 – 36)* – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
Pulsegeneration  
8 – 14  
STP (A29 – 37) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
G–W ↔ W–B  
Below 1.5  
1
P ↔ L–R*  
RR+ (A29 – 38) – RR– (A29 – 39)  
FL+ (A29 – 41) – FL– (A29 – 24)  
CSW (A29 – 42) – GND (A29 – 6, 10)  
IG switch ON, slowly turn right rear wheel  
ACgeneration  
2
P ↔ L*  
R ↔ L–W  
IG switch ON, slowly turn left front wheel  
IG switch ON, VSC OFF switch pushed in  
IG switch ON, VSC OFF switch released  
ACgeneration  
Below 1.5  
8–14  
1
G–W* ↔ W–B  
2
G–R* ↔ W–B  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
*3: A/T vehicle only  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–181  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZH–01  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE  
If a normal code is displayed during the DTC check but the problem still occurs, check the circuits for each  
problem symptom in the order given in the table below and proceed to the relevant troubleshooting page.  
NOTICE:  
When replacing ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU, sensor, etc., turn the IG switch OFF.  
Symptom  
Suspect Area  
See page  
Only when 1. – 4. are all normal and the problem is still  
occurring, replace the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
1. Check the DTC, reconfirming that the normal code is  
output.  
DI–171  
ABS does not operate  
2. IG power source circuit  
DI–208  
DI–182  
DI–182  
3. Speed sensor circuit  
4. Check the brake actuator with a hand–held tester.  
If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for leakage.  
Only when 1. – 4. are all normal and the problem is still  
occurring, replace the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
1. Check the DTC, reconfirming that the normal code is  
output.  
DI–171  
ABS does not operate efficiently  
2. Speed sensor circuit  
DI–182  
DI–215  
DI–215  
3. Stop light switch circuit  
4. Check the brake actuator with a hand–held tester.  
If abnormal, check the hydraulic circuit for leakage.  
1. ABS warning light circuit  
DI–231  
ABS warning light abnormal  
2. ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Only when 1. – 3. are all normal and the problem is still  
occurring, replace the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
1. ABS warning light circuit  
DTC check cannot be done  
DI–231  
DI–233  
DI–250  
2. VSC warning light circuit  
3. Tc terminal circuit  
1. Ts terminal circuit  
DI–252  
Speed sensor signal check cannot be done  
2. ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Only when circuits inspected for each problem symptom  
are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
1. Check the DTC, reconfirming that the normal code is  
output.  
DI–171  
VSC does not operate  
2. IG power source circuit  
DI–208  
DI–254  
DI–182  
3. Hydraulic circuit for leakage  
4. Speed sensor circuit  
BA does not operate  
Stop light switch circuit  
DI–215  
DI–240  
DI–236  
SLIP indicator light abnormal  
SLIP indicator light circuit  
1. BRAKE warning light circuit  
BRAKE warning light abnormal  
VSC OFF indicator light abnormal  
2. ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
Only when circuits inspected for each problem symptom  
are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU.  
1. VSC OFF indicator light circuit  
DI–243  
DI–243  
2. VSC OFF switch circuit  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–182  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZI–01  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
DTC C0200 / 31 – C1331 / 36 Speed Sensor Circuit  
DTC C1332 / 38, C1333 / 39 Speed Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The speed sensor detects a wheel speed and sends the ap-  
propriate signals to the ECU. These signals are used to control  
of the ABS and VSC system. Each of the front and rear rotors  
has 48 serrations.  
When the rotors rotate, a magnetic field emitted by a permanent  
magnet in the speed sensor generates an AC voltage. Since  
the frequency of this AC voltage changes in direct proportion to  
the speed of the rotor, the frequency is used by the ECU to de-  
tect the speed of each wheel.  
Speed Sensor  
S
N
Magnet  
Rotor  
Coil  
To ECU  
Low Speed  
High Speed  
+V  
–V  
BR3583  
BR3582  
F00010  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1. to 3. is detected :  
1. Vehicle speed is more than 40 km/h (25 mph), pulses  
are not input for 0.01 sec.  
C0200 / 31  
C0205 / 32  
C0210 / 33  
C0215 / 34  
S Right front, left front, right rear, left rear speed sensor  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
S Sensorinstallation  
2. After the initial start or restart and when the vehicle  
speed has reached 12 km/h (7 mph), the wheel speed of  
0 km/h (0 mph) is detected.  
S Tire size  
3. After the initial start or restart and when the vehicle  
speed has reached 18 km/h (11 mph), the front wheel  
speed of 0 km/h (0 mph) is detected.  
C1330 / 35  
C1331 / 36  
C1332 / 38  
C1333 / 39  
Detecting abnormality in the resistance value of each speed S Right front, left front, right rear, left rear speed sensor  
sensor.  
S Each speed sensor circuit  
HINT:  
S
S
S
S
DTC No. C0200 / 31 and C1330 / 35 are for the right front speed sensor.  
DTC No. C0205 / 32 and C1331 / 36 are for the left front speed sensor.  
DTC No. C0210 / 33 and C1332 / 38 are for the right rear speed sensor.  
DTC No. C0215 / 34 and C1333 / 39 are for the left rear speed sensor.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–183  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU  
41  
R
A29  
FL+  
FL–  
1
A7  
Left Front  
Speed Sensor  
2
24  
L–W  
A29  
(Shielded)  
(RHD)  
W–R (LHD)  
W (RHD)  
21  
1
IH2  
W
A29 FR+  
1
2
A8  
Right Front  
Speed Sensor  
R (LHD)  
B (RHD)  
22  
2
IH2  
B
A29  
FR–  
J1 (LHD)  
J20 (RHD)  
Junction  
(Shielded)  
(RHD)  
3
IH2  
Connector  
W–B  
A
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
11  
ID1  
9
9
23  
A29 RL+  
Y
Y
IC1 ID1  
A26  
Left  
Rear  
Speed  
Sensor  
1
2
(RHD)(LHD)  
40  
A29  
10  
10  
BR  
IC1 ID1  
(RHD)(LHD)  
RL–  
BR (LHD)  
B (RHD)  
7
(Shielded) (RHD)  
P
II1  
38  
7
8
P
A27  
Right  
Rear  
A29  
II1 II1  
RR+  
RR–  
1
(RHD)(LHD)  
Speed  
Sensor  
L–R (LHD)  
L (RHD)  
39  
8
9
2
A29  
II1 II1  
(RHD)(LHD)  
V (LHD)  
L (RHD)  
II  
(Shielded)  
(RHD)  
F13392  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–184  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check speed sensor.  
Front:  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the front fender liner.  
1
(b) Disconnect the speed sensor connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor connector.  
OK:  
Resistance: 0.6 – 2.5 kΩ (1.6 ± 0.2 kΩ at 20 °C)  
R14205  
CHECK:  
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 MΩ or higher  
Rear:  
PREPARATION:  
1
(a) Remove the seat cushion and seatback.  
(b) Disconnect the speed sensor connector.  
CHECK:  
2
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor connector.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1.2 – 2.3 kΩ (1.6 ± 0.1 kΩ at 20 °C)  
R14213  
CHECK:  
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of speed  
sensor connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 MΩ or higher  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–171).  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–185  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each speed  
sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
3
Check speed sensor installation.  
CHECK:  
Check the speed sensor installation.  
OK:  
The installation bolt shall be tightened properly and  
no clearance is allowed between the sensor and front  
steering knuckle or rear axle carrier.  
OK  
NG  
BR3795  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–171).  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–186  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check speed sensor and sensor rotor serrations.  
REFERENCE: INSPECTION USING OSCILLOSCOPE  
PREPARATION:  
Normal Signal Waveform  
(a) Disconnect the connector from the ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU.  
(b) Connect the oscilloscope to the terminals FR+, FL+, RR+  
or RL+ and GND of the ECU harness side connector.  
CHECK:  
GND  
Drive the vehicle at about 30 km/h (19 mph), and check the sig-  
nal waveform.  
2 m/s / Division  
1 V / Division  
W04200  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
5
Check sensor rotor and sensor tip.  
Front:  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the front drive shaft (See page SA–3).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor rotor serrations.  
OK:  
No scratches, missing teeth or foreign objects.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the front speed sensor (See Pub. No. RM599E on  
R00948  
page BR–41).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor tip.  
OK:  
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–187  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
Rear:  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the axle hub ( See Pub. No. RM599E on page SA–10).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor rotor serrations.  
OK:  
No scratches, missing teeth or foreign objects.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the rear speed sensor (See Pub. No. RM599E on  
R00947  
page BR–44).  
CHECK:  
Check the sensor tip.  
OK:  
No scratches or foreign objects on the sensor tip.  
NG  
Replace sensor rotor or speed sensor.  
NOTICE:  
Check the speed sensor signal last (See page DI–171).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–188  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZJ–01  
DTC C0226 / 21 – C1228 / 28 Brake Actuator Solenoid Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This solenoid goes on when signals are received from the ECU and controls the pressure acting on the wheel  
cylinders thus controlling the braking force.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
1. Solenoid signal does not match the check result.  
2. Solenoid open & short.  
S Brakeactuator  
C0226 / 21  
S SFRR or SFRH circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
C0236 / 22  
C0246 / 23  
C0256 / 24  
C1225 / 25  
C1226 / 26  
C1227 / 27  
C1228 / 28  
S SFLR or SFLH circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRRR or SRRH circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRLR or SRLH circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
Solenoid signal does not match the check result.  
S SMC 1 circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
S SMC 2 circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRC 1 circuit  
S Brakeactuator  
S SRC 2 circuit  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC once more.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–171).  
(b) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
CHECK:  
Turn the ignition switch ON, and check if the same DTC is stored in the memory.  
NO No problem.  
YES  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–189  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZK–01  
DTC  
C0273 / 13  
ABS Motor Relay Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The ABS motor relay supplies power to the ABS pump motor. When the ABS is activated, the ECU switches  
the ABS motor relay ON and operates the ABS pump motor.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1. through 2. is detected:  
1. Pump motor voltage is high, and the motor relay will not  
actuate .  
S ABS motor relay  
C0273/13  
2. Pump motor voltage remains low for longer 0.4 sec. or  
more and the pump repeats activating for 0.7 sec. 3  
timesmaximally. After the last activation, the pump mo-  
tor is deactivated gone dead because of short circuit.  
S ABS motor relay circuit  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC once more.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–171).  
(b) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Vehicle speed is more than 6 km/h (4 mph), and check if the same DTC is stored in the memory.  
NO No problem.  
YES  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–190  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZL–01  
DTC  
C0278 / 11  
ABS Solenoid Relay Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This relay supplies power to each ABS solenoid. After the ignition switch is turned ON, if the initial check is  
OK, the relay goes on.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any conditions from 1. through 2.:  
1. 3 or more solenoids are show faulty in response and  
simultaneously solenoid supply voltage is detected  
faulty.  
S ABS solenoid relay  
C0278 / 11  
S ABS solenoid relay circuit  
2. Solenoid relay will not be switched OFF.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC once more.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–171).  
(b) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
CHECK:  
Turn the ignition switch ON, and check if the same DTC is stored in the memory.  
NO No problem.  
YES  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–191  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZM–01  
DTC  
C0365 / 43  
Deceleration Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Deceleration sensor is combined with yaw rate sensor.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any of conditions from 1. through 2.:  
1. Decelerationdifference between sensor signal and refer- S Decelerationsensor  
C0365 / 43  
ence value is large.  
S Deceleration sensor circuit  
2. Offset value of sensor signal is higher than the standard S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
value.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–192  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU  
Deceleration Sensor  
4
30  
LG–R  
Y1  
UBAT  
A29 YIGA  
2
16  
A29  
BR–W  
GND  
YGND  
SS1  
Y1  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
(Shielded)  
W
3
13  
W
CANH  
CANL  
A29  
Y1  
29  
1
B
B
SS2  
A29  
Y1  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
W–B  
9
Center J/B  
Center J/B  
4
9
13  
3A  
W–B  
3F  
3F  
3E  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
11  
IH  
4
IE  
W–B  
1
*
1
* : IH (LHD)  
IK (RHD)  
F13393  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–193  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check output value of the deceleration sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and deceleration sensor with connec-  
tor still connected.  
(b) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tes-  
ter main switch ON.  
(d) Select the DATALIST mode on the hand–held tester.  
(e) Check the deceleration value 0 ± 0.23 G.  
CHECK:  
F13408  
Check that the yaw rate value of the deceleration sensor dis-  
played on the hand–held tester is changing: Place the yaw rate  
sensor vertically to the ground and turn the sensor pivoted on  
its center.  
OK:  
Deceleration value must be changing.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between deceleration  
sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness and connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–194  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZN–01  
DTC  
C0371 / 55  
Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any of conditions from 1. through 4.:  
1. The voltage of sensor signal is out of range.  
2. The offset value of sensor signal is outside the plausible S Yaw rate sensor  
C0371 / 55  
range.  
S Yaw rate sensor circuit  
3. Sensor signal change rapidly under normal driving.  
4. Sensor is more or worse sensitivity than reference yaw  
rateduringcornering.  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–195  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU  
Yaw Rate Sensor  
4
30  
LG–R  
Y1  
UBAT  
GND  
A29 YIGA  
2
16  
A29  
BR–W  
YGND  
SS1  
Y1  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
(Shielded)  
W
3
13  
W
CANH  
CANL  
A29  
Y1  
29  
1
B
B
SS2  
A29  
Y1  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
W–B  
9
Center J/B  
Center J/B  
4
9
13  
3A  
W–B  
3F  
3F  
3E  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
11  
IH  
4
IE  
W–B  
1
1
*
* : IH (LHD)  
IK (RHD)  
F13393  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–196  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check output value of the yaw rate sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and yaw rate sensor with connector  
still connected.  
(b) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tes-  
ter main switch ON.  
(d) Select the DATALIST mode on the hand–held tester.  
(e) Check the yaw rate value 0 ± 5 deg/s.  
CHECK:  
F12654  
Check that the yaw rate value of the yaw rate sensor displayed  
on the hand–held tester is changing: Place the yaw rate sensor  
vertically to the ground and turn the sensor pivoted on its center.  
OK:  
Yaw rate value must be changing.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between yaw rate  
sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–197  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZO–01  
DTC  
C1202 / 44  
NE Signal Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU receives engine revolution speed signals (NE signals) from the Engine  
and ECT ECU (A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T).  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
At vehicle speed of 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, and when  
data received from the Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or En-  
gine ECU (M/T) is in normal condition, and open or short  
circuit for engine revolution signal circuit continues for 5  
secs. or more.  
S NEO circuit  
C1202 / 44  
S Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T)  
S ABS & TRC & VSC ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine ECU (M/T)  
Engine and ECT ECU (A/T)  
ABS & BA &TRC &  
VSC ECU  
15  
32  
P
NEO  
A29  
NEO  
E13  
F03929  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–198  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between terminal  
NEO of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and terminal NEO of Engine and ECT ECU  
(A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T) (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness and connector.  
OK  
2
Check voltage between terminal NEO of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and body  
ground.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU with connectors  
NEO  
ON  
still connected.  
(b) Turn ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Measure voltage between terminal NEO of ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU and body ground for the engine conditions below.  
OK:  
(+)  
(–)  
F13390  
Enginecondition  
OFF (IG ON)  
ON (Idling)  
Voltage  
3 – 6 V or below 1 V  
3 – 6 V ↔ below 1 V (Pulse)  
(Reference)  
3 – 6 V  
Below 1 V  
F03007  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–199  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
NG  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly or Engine and ECT ECU  
(A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T).  
OK  
If the same codes is still output after the DTC is deleted, check the contact condition of each con-  
nection.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–200  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZP–01  
DTC  
C1203 / 59  
EFI Communication Circuit  
Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The circuit is used to send TRAC & VSC control information from the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU to the  
Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T) (TRC+, TRC–), and engine control information from the  
Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or Engine ECU (M/T) to the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (ENG+, ENG–).  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1. through 3. is detected :  
1. IG1 voltage is 8.5 V or more, and the condition that data  
can not be sent to Engine ECU (M/T) or Engine and  
ECT ECU (A/T) continues for 1.2 sec. or more.  
2. IG1 voltage is 8.5 V or more, engine speed is 500 r.p.m  
or more, vehicle speed is 60 km/h (38 mph) or more,  
and the condition that data can not be received from  
Engine ECU (M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) con-  
tinues for 5 sec. or more.  
S TRC+ or TRC– circuit  
S ENG+ or ENG– circuit  
53  
S Engine ECU (M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T)  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
3. The condition that data can not be transmitted between  
the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and Engine ECU  
(M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) occurs at least  
once within 5 sec. continues 10 consecutive times.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine ECU (M/T)  
Engine and ECT ECU (A/T)  
ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU  
12  
E15  
21  
IE2 IF2  
(RHD) (LHD)  
19  
A29  
21  
B
B
TRC–  
TRC+  
TRC–  
TRC+  
18  
A29  
17  
E15  
22 22  
IE2 IF2  
Y
Y
(RHD) (LHD)  
7
A29  
21  
L
ENG– E14  
ENG–  
ENG+  
8
A29  
22  
E14  
R
ENG+  
F13407  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–201  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each of ter-  
minals ENG+, ENG–, TRC+ and TRC– of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and Engine  
ECU (M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
2
Check operation of the malfunction indicator.  
NG  
Check and replace Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) or  
Engine ECU (M/T).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–202  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZQ–01  
DTC  
C1208 / 54  
Steering Angle Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any of conditions 1. through 7:  
1. When the condition that ECU terminal IG1 voltage is 9.8  
V or more, and does not receive data from steering  
angle sensor continues.  
2. Sensorinternalfailure.  
S Steering angle sensor  
3. The offset value is out of range.  
C1208 / 54  
S Steering angle sensor circuit  
4. Sensor signal change higher.  
5. Steering angle value difference between measured and  
reference is out of range.  
6. Steering sensor is not centered.  
7. Steering sensor signal is out of range.  
8. Steering sensor is not calibration.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–203  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
S23  
ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU  
Steering Sensor  
6
30  
LG–R  
12V  
A29  
YIGA  
YGND  
SS1  
S23  
5
16  
BR–W  
GND  
S23  
A29  
(Shielded)  
W
7
13  
CAN  
HIGH  
A29  
S23  
29  
1
B
CAN  
LOW  
SS2  
S23  
A29  
(Shielded)  
(RHD)  
W–B  
9
Center J/B  
Center J/B  
4
9
13  
3A  
W–B  
3F  
3F  
3E  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
11  
IH  
4
IE  
W–B  
1
*
1
* : IH (LHD)  
IK (RHD)  
F13394  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–204  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check output value of the steering angle sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the DATALIST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that the steering wheel turning angle value of the steering angle sensor displayed on the hand–held  
tester is appropriate when turning the steering wheel.  
OK:  
Steering wheel turning angle value must be appropriate.  
OK  
Go to step 4.  
NG  
2
Check the installation condition of steering angle sensor.  
NG  
Repair or replace steering angle sensor with  
column Assembly (See page SR–6).  
OK  
3
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between steering  
angle sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–205  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Calibrate the steering angle sensor (See page DI–171).  
NG  
Replace steering angle sensor with colum As-  
sembly (See page SR–6).  
OK  
5
Replace the ECU and check whether or not the trouble occurs again.  
YES  
Replace steering angle sensor with colum As-  
sembly (See page SR–6).  
NO  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–206  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZR–01  
DTC  
C1237 / 37  
Wrong Number of Teeth at 1 of 4 Wheels  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Detection of any of conditions from 1. through 4.:  
1. When the ignition switch is ON, the speed difference  
between the rear right and rear left wheels is 5 km/h  
(3mph) or more (vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 mph) or  
less).  
S Tire size  
2. When the ignition switch is ON, the slip difference be-  
tween the reference wheel and any other wheels is 6%  
or more (vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 mph) or more).  
3. Continuous ABS control for 60 sec. or more.  
4. Interference on 1 or more wheels for 20 sec. with the  
brake pedal depressed, or for 5 sec. when the brake  
pedal is not depressed.  
C1237 / 37  
S Speed sensor rotor  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check tire size.  
NG  
Replace tires so that all 4 tires are the same in  
size.  
OK  
2
Check sensor rotor (See page DI–182).  
NG  
Replace speed sensor rotor.  
OK  
3
Check speed sensor (See page DI–182).  
NG  
Replace speed sensor.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–207  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between front speed  
sensor, rear speed sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page  
IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness and connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–208  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZS–01  
DTC  
C1241 / 41  
IG Power Source Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This is the power source for the ECU, hence the brake actuators.  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
At a vehicle speed of 6 km/h (4 mph) or more, the condition S Battery  
C1241 / 41  
that low battery voltage is 10 V or less and high battery  
voltage is more than 17.4 V.  
S Chargingsystem  
S Power source circuit  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–209  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Center J/B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
ECU–IG  
9
14  
A29 IG1  
5
IC  
18  
3A  
18  
3D  
B–R  
B–R  
IE  
B–Y  
I13  
Ignition Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1  
2
3
5
W
8
2
1
IA  
IC  
IG1 AM1  
W (RHD)  
W (LHD)  
F17 1  
F17 2  
Engine Room J/B  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
3
2F  
10  
8
2B  
ALT  
W–B  
GND2  
A29  
1
F15  
2F  
1
6
W–B  
GND1  
W–B  
A29  
B–G  
W–B  
FL Main  
W–B  
W–B  
Battery  
EB  
EA  
EY  
F13395  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–210  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check ECU–IG fuse.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the ECU–IG fuse from the instrument panel J/B.  
Instrument Panel J/B  
CHECK:  
Check continuity of the ECU–IG fuse.  
OK:  
Continuity  
ECU–IG  
F12740  
NG  
Check for short circuit in all the harness and  
components connected to ECU–IG fuse (See at-  
tached wiring diagram).  
OK  
2
Check battery voltage.  
OK:  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
NG  
Check and repair the charging system.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–211  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
3
Check voltage between terminals IG1 (14) and GND (6, 10) of ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU.  
ON  
6
10  
14  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure the voltage between terminals 14 and 6, 10 of  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU harness side connector.  
OK:  
(+)  
(–)  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
F12742  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
4
Check continuity between terminals GND (6, 10) of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
and body ground.  
CHECK:  
6
LOCK  
10  
Measure the resistance between terminal 6, 10 of ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU harness side connector and body ground.  
OK:  
Resistance: 1 Ω or less  
(+)  
(–)  
F12743  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and ECU–  
IG fuse (See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–212  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZT–01  
DTC  
C1246 / 53 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1. through 3. is detected:  
1. The voltage of sensor signal is out of range (less than  
0.25 V, more than 4.75 V).  
S Master cylinder pressure sensor  
C1246 / 53  
2. The sensor supply voltage is out of range (above 5.6 V,  
below 4.4 V).  
S Master cylinder pressure sensor circuit  
S Stop light FUSE  
3. The sensor signal offset value is out of range.  
4. Stop light fuse is open.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
O3 Oil Pressure Sensor  
27  
L–Y  
LG  
L–Y  
LG  
1
2
3
1
2
3
A29 VCM  
11  
A29 PMC  
12  
A29  
BR  
BR  
E2  
F13396  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–213  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1, in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2, in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check the stop light FUSE and stop light bulb.  
NG  
Check the stop light switch circuit (See Pub. No.  
RM599E on page BE–45)  
OK  
2
Check output value of the master cylinder pressure sensor.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the DATALIST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that the brake fluid pressure value of the master cylinder pressure sensor displayed on the hand–held  
tester is changing when depressing the brake pedal.  
OK:  
Brake fluid pressure value must be changing.  
OK  
Go to step 4.  
NG  
3
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between master cyl-  
inder pressure sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–214  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check whether or not the ECU terminal STP input voltage is changed when the  
stop light switch is turned on and off.  
NO  
Check the stop light switch circuit (See Pub. No.  
RM599E on page BE–45).  
YES  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–215  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZU–01  
DTC  
C1249 / 58  
Stop Light Switch Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
After the ignition switch is turned ON, the condition that the  
STP terminal voltage of ECU is 55 % to 75 % of supplied  
voltage, continues for 1 sec. or more.  
S Stop light switch  
S Stop light switch circuit  
S Stop light blub  
C1249 / 58  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA & TRC&  
VSC ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Sedan:  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP 10A  
37  
10  
IG  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
1
5
W–R *  
W
G–W  
1
G–W  
STP  
IA  
A29  
6
W *  
2
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
5
G–W  
G–W  
F *1 F *1  
Fusible  
Link  
ID1 II1  
ALT  
120A  
5
6
*
*
Block  
1
F15  
J/C  
B–G  
D *2 D *2  
G–W  
G–W  
High  
FL  
Mounted  
Stop  
Main  
3.0W  
1
2
6
2
4
Stop  
Stop Light  
RH  
Light LH  
W–B  
Light  
4
W–B  
*1: J12(LHD), J28(RHD)  
*2: J13(LHD), J29(RHD)  
*3: J10 (LHD), J30 (RHD)  
*4: J11 (LHD), J31 (RHD)  
*5: LHD  
A *4  
J/C  
A *3  
A *4 A *4  
Battery  
W–B  
A
*3  
W–B  
BL *  
*6: RHD  
W–B  
5
BM  
6
BN *  
F13602  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–216  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
Lift Back (LHD):  
ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Center J/B  
STOP 10A  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
37  
A29  
1
IA  
10  
IG  
W
W–R  
G–W  
G–W  
STP  
2
1
8 3C  
1
Fusible F17  
Link  
6
ID1  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
Block  
120A  
1
ALT  
D J14 D J14  
BD1  
1
F15  
J/C  
B–G  
F J15 F J15  
G–W  
G–W  
3
G–W  
High  
FL  
Main  
3.0W  
Mounted  
Stop  
1
2
5
Stop  
Stop Light  
LH  
W–B  
Light RH  
W–B  
Light  
3
5
E
E
B
J15  
J15  
J15  
W–B  
J/C  
E J14  
W–B  
Battery  
E J14 B J14  
W–B  
W–B  
BP  
BO  
BQ  
ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU  
Lift Back (RHD):  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Center J/B  
21  
3D  
STOP 10A  
1
IA  
37  
21  
3F  
10  
IG  
W
G–W  
G–W  
STP  
A29  
2
1
W
8 3C  
1
F17  
5
II1  
G–W  
G–W  
G–W  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
120A  
ALT  
E J33 D J32  
1
BD1  
1
J/C  
F15  
E J33 E J33  
G–W  
B–G  
G–W  
G–W  
FL  
Main  
3.0W  
High  
1
2
3
5
Stop  
Light LH  
Stop Light  
RH  
Mounted  
Stop  
5
3
Light  
W–B  
Battery  
BQ  
W–B  
W–B  
BP  
BO  
F13603  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–217  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
Wagon:  
ABS &BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU  
Stop Light  
Switch  
Instrument Panel J/B  
STOP 10A  
IA  
37  
21  
3F  
21  
3D  
1
10  
IG  
1
W
G–W  
5
G–W  
W–R *  
STP  
A29  
2
W *  
2
1
8 3C  
G–W  
1
F17  
6
1
2
J16 *  
J34 *  
G–W  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ID1 II1  
2
1
120A  
ALT  
*
*
B
1
2
J17 *  
J35 *  
1
F15  
C
C
C
B–G  
FL  
Main  
3.0W  
High  
G–W  
1
G–W  
Stop  
Light LH  
W–B  
G–W  
Mounted  
Stop  
2
2
Stop Light  
RH  
W–B  
Light  
4
A
2
A
4
A
W–B  
1
J17 *  
J35 *  
2
Battery  
1
* :LHD  
* :RHD  
2
J/C  
A
A
W–B  
BS  
W–B  
BR  
F13604  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check operation of stop light.  
CHECK:  
Check that the stop light lights up when the brake pedal is depressed and turns off when the brake pedal  
is released.  
NG  
Repair stop light circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E  
on page BE–45).  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–218  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
2
Check voltage between terminal STP (37) of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and  
body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU.  
CHECK:  
Measure the voltage between terminal 37 of ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU harness side connector and body ground when the  
brake pedal is depressed.  
37  
OK:  
Voltage: 7.5 – 14 V  
F12745  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
3
Check for open circuit in harness and connector between terminal STP of ABS &  
BA & TRC & VSC ECU and stop light switch (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in problem symptoms table (See page DI–181).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–219  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZV–01  
DTC  
C1288 / 88  
ECU Version Miss Match  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1, through 2, is detecte:  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
1, Engine ECU (M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T) does  
not match.  
C1288 / 88  
S Engine ECU (M/T) or Engine and ECT ECU (A/T)  
S Steeringanglesensorcalibration.  
2, Steering angle sensor is not calibration.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the steering angle sensor calibration.  
NG  
Steering angle sensor calibration (See page  
DI–171).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–220  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZW–02  
DTC  
C1300 / 62 ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU Malfunction  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU internal malfunction is de-  
tected.  
C1300 / 62  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC for the ABS and VSC (See page DI–171).  
*1  
Repair ABS and VSC control system according  
to the code output.  
*2  
Check for ECU is connected to malfunction  
indicator light.  
*1: Output NG code  
*2: Malfunction indicator light remains ON  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–221  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZX–01  
DTC  
C1350 / 51  
Brake Actuator Pump Motor Failure  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
When any of the following 1. through 3. is detected.  
1. No motor voltage supply after ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU of the motor relay.  
S Brake actuator pump motor  
C1350 / 51  
2. A high level of motor voltage with no ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU of the motor relay.  
S Brake actuator pump motor circuit  
3. The pump motor voltage is high level for a certain time  
after the motor relay has elapsed.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check the DTC once more.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Clear the DTC (See page DI–171).  
(b) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
(c) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
CHECK:  
Vehicle speed is more than 6 km/h (4 mph), and check if the same DTC is stored in the memory.  
NO No problem.  
YES  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–222  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZY–01  
DTC  
C1352 / 42  
CAN Communication System Malfunc-  
tion  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The circuit is used to send TRC & VSC control information from yaw rate sensor and steering angle sensor  
information to ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
IG1 voltage is 9.5 V or more, and the condition that data  
from ECU can not be received continues for 1.2 sec. or  
more.  
S Yaw rate sensor circuit  
C1352 / 42  
S Steering angle sensor circuit  
S ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–223  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Steering Sensor  
6
(Shielded)  
LG–R  
12V  
S23  
5
BR–W  
GND  
S23  
7
W
B
CAN  
HIGH  
S23  
1
CAN  
LOW  
S23  
ABS & BA & TRC  
& VSC ECU  
Yaw Rate Sensor  
30  
4
LG–R  
LG–R  
A29 YIGA  
Y1  
UBAT  
GND  
2
16  
A29  
BR–W  
BR–W  
(Shielded)  
YGND  
SS1  
Y1  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
W
13  
3
W
CANH  
CANL  
A29  
Y1  
1
29  
B
B
Y1  
SS2  
A29  
(Shielded)  
(LHD)  
W–B  
Center J/B  
Center J/B  
13  
3A  
4
3F  
9
3F  
9
3E  
W–B  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
4
IE  
11  
IH  
W–B  
1
* : IH (LHD)  
IK (RHD)  
1
*
F13397  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–224  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between each of ter-  
minals CANLOW and CANHIGH of steering angle sensor, CANL and CANH of  
yaw rate sensor and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–225  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI7ZZ–01  
DTC  
Always ON  
Malfunction in ECU  
ABS Warning Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Either of the following 1., 2. or 3. is detected:  
1. The ECU connectors are OFF the ECU.  
S Chargingsystem  
Always ON  
2. There is a malfunction in the ECU internal circuit.  
3. There is a malfunction in ABS warning light circuit.  
S ABS warning light circuit  
HINT:  
Hand–held tester may not be able to be used when the ECU is defective.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination Meter  
10  
Center J/B  
35  
A29  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
9
P–L  
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
C11  
C11  
WA  
22  
C11  
1
3F  
ABS  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition SW  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
8
5
W
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W(RHD)  
W(LHD)  
AM1 40A  
2
3
IC  
1
2
IA  
1
1
F17  
F15  
2 F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13398  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–226  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check that the ECU connectors are securely connected to the ECU.  
NO  
Connect the connector to the ECU.  
YES  
2
Is DTC output?  
Check DTC on page DI–171.  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code .  
NO  
3
Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector between combination meter  
and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (WA).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–227  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check voltage between terminals IG1 (14) and GND (6,10)or ABS & BA & TRC &  
VSC ECU.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from the ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU.  
ON  
6
10  
14  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure the voltage between terminals 14 and 6, 10 of  
ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU harness side connector.  
OK:  
(+)  
(–)  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
F12742  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–228  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI800–01  
DTC  
Always ON  
Malfunction in ECU  
VSC Warning Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectingCondition  
TroubleArea  
Either of the following 1. or 2. is detected:  
S Chargingsystem  
Always ON  
1. There is a malfunction in the ECU internal circuit.  
2. There is a malfunction in VSC warning light circuit.  
S VSC warning light circuit  
HINT:  
Hand–held tester may not be able to be used when ECU is defective.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination Meter  
23  
Center J/B  
34  
A29  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
9
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
R
C11  
C10  
VSCW  
22  
C11  
1
3F  
VSC  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition SW  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
8
5
W
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W(RHD)  
W(LHD)  
AM1 40A  
2
3
IC  
1
2
IA  
1
1
F17  
F15  
2 F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13398  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–229  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Does both VSC warning light and VSC OFF indicator light go on?  
YES  
Go to step 4.  
NO  
2
Is DTC output?  
Check DTC on page DI–171.  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code .  
NO  
3
Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector between combination mater  
and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (WT).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
4
Is DTC output?  
Check DTC on page DI–171.  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code .  
NO  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–230  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
5
Check the steering angle sensor calibration.  
NO  
Calibrate the steering angle sensor (See page  
DI–171).  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–231  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI801–01  
ABS Warning Light Circuit (Does Not Light Up)  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination Meter  
Center J/B  
10  
C11  
35  
A29  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
9
C11  
P–L  
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
WA  
22  
C11  
1
3F  
ABS  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition SW  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
8
5
W
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W(RHD)  
W(LHD)  
AM1 40A  
2
3
IC  
1
2
IA  
1
1
F17  
F15  
2 F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13398  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–232  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using a hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not using  
the hand–held tester.  
1
Check operation of the ABS warning light.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the ABS warning light can be shown on the combination meter on the hand–  
held tester.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
NG  
2
Check ABS warning light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG Replace or repair bulb or combination meter.  
OK  
Repair or replace and check for open or short circuit in harness and connector.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–233  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI802–01  
VSC Warning Light Circuit (Does Not Light Up)  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
If the ECU stores DTC to be necessary to shut down VSC operation, the VSC warning light lights on the  
combination meter.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination Meter  
Center J/B  
23  
C10  
34  
A29  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
9
C11  
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
R
VSCW  
22  
C11  
1
3F  
VSC  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition SW  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
8
5
W
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W(RHD)  
W(LHD)  
AM1 40A  
2
3
IC  
1
2
IA  
1
1
F17  
F15  
2 F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13398  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–234  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check operation of the VSC warning light.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the VSC warning light can be shown on the combination meter with the hand–  
held tester.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with astuator assembly.  
NG  
2
Is DTC output?  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code.  
NO  
3
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU and VSC warning light (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–235  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check VSC warning light.  
See the combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG Repair or replace bulb or combination meter.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator aseembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–236  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI803–01  
BRAKE Warning Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The BRAKE warning light lights up when the brake fluid is insufficient, when the parking brake is applied or  
when the EBD is defective.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–237  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination  
Meter  
Center J/B  
9
5
20  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
1
R–W  
R–W  
R–L  
R–L  
EBDW  
A29  
C11  
C11  
22  
C11  
BRAKE  
3F  
EBD  
Resistor  
31  
2
2
B–R  
R–W  
R–W  
R–W  
IC3  
A29 PKB  
IF4  
1
2
R–L  
(LHD) (RHD)  
Instrument Panel J/B  
ECU–IG 5A  
Center J/B  
18  
18  
3A  
9
B–R  
3G  
IE  
5
10  
IF  
B–Y  
IC  
GAUGE 10A  
Ignition SW  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1 40A  
1
3
2
W (RHD)  
W
8
5
2
IA  
IC  
AM1  
IG1  
W (LHD)  
F17  
F17  
1
1
2
Fusible  
Link  
ALT 120A  
Block  
1
F15  
Parking  
Brake  
SW  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13399  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–238  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check parking brake switch circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG  
Repair or replace parking brake switch circuit.  
OK  
2
Check brake fluid level warning switch circuit (See Pub. No. RM599E on page  
BE–57).  
NG  
Repair or replace brake fluid level warning  
switch circuit.  
OK  
3
Is DTC output for ABS ?  
YES  
Repair circuit indicated by the output code.  
No  
4
Check BRAKE warning light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG Repair or replace bulb or combination meter.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–239  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
5
Check for open or short circuit in harness and connector between combination  
meter and ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–240  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI804–01  
SLIP Indicator Light Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The SLIP indicator light blinks during TRC & VSC operation.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination Meter  
Center J/B  
25  
C10  
10  
3A  
10  
3F  
9
C11  
4
A29  
R–L  
R–L  
R–L  
L
IND  
22  
C11  
1
3F  
SLIP  
Instrument Panel J/B  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
Ignition SW  
5
IC  
B–Y  
8
5
W
IF  
AM1  
IG1  
Instrument Panel J/B  
W(RHD)  
W(LHD)  
AM1 40A  
2
3
IC  
1
2
IA  
1
1
F17  
F15  
2 F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
Battery  
F13398  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–241  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1, in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2, in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check operation of the SLIP indicator light.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the SLIP indicator light can be shown on the combination meter with the hand–  
held tester.  
OK  
Go to step 4.  
NG  
2
Check that the SLIP indicator light is ON for 3 seconds immediately after ignition  
switch is turned ON.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
NG  
3
Check SLIP indicator light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG  
Repair or replace bulb or combination meter.  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–242  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
4
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA  
TRC & VSC ECU and SLIP indicator light (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–243  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI805–01  
VSC OFF Indicator Light, VSC OFF Switch Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This is the TRC & VSC control main switch. When the VSC OFF switch is pressed, TRC & VSC control is  
deactivated and the VSC OFF indicator light lights up. By turning off the ignition switch, TRC & VSC control  
is surely activated when the ignition switch turns ON next time. Also, the VSC OFF indicator light truns ”ON”  
when the ECU prohibit TRC & VSC controls.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–244  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
Combination  
Meter  
Center J/B  
9
20  
2
10  
3F  
10  
3A  
R–L  
O
R–L  
R–L  
WT  
C11  
C10  
A29  
1
3F  
22  
C11  
VSC  
Off  
G–W  
(LHD)  
Instrument Panel J/B  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
VSC Off SW  
B–Y  
7
42  
IC  
6
IM1  
A29  
CSW  
9
G–R  
G–R  
(RHD)  
(RHD)  
Ignition SW  
W–B  
(LHD)  
Center J/B  
W
8
5
22  
3E  
9
3F  
AM1  
IG1  
W–B  
(RHD)  
13  
3H  
4
3F  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1 40A  
3
IC  
2
IA  
2
1
13  
3A  
W (RHD)  
W (LHD)  
W–B  
Instrument Panel J/B  
4
11  
IH  
IE  
2
F17  
1
F17  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
W–B  
ALT 120A  
F15  
1
FL Main  
3.0W  
B–G  
1
Battery  
* : IH (LHD)  
IK (RHD)  
1
*
F13400  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–245  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 2 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check operation of the VSC OFF indicator light.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check that ”ON” and ”OFF” of the VSC OFF indicator light can be shown on the combination meter with the  
hand–held tester.  
NG  
Go to step 4.  
OK  
2
Check VSC OFF switch.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Remove the VSC OFF switch.  
(b) Disconnect the VSC OFF switch connector.  
CHECK:  
1
4
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 4 of the VSC  
OFF switch when the VSC OFF switch is ON and OFF.  
OK:  
(+)  
(–)  
VSC OFF switch  
Pressed  
Resistance  
Continuity  
F00052  
Released  
1MΩ or higher  
NG  
Replace VSC OFF switch.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–246  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
3
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between terminal  
CSW of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and VSC OFF switch and body ground (See  
page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
4
Check VSC OFF indicator light.  
See combination meter troubleshooting (See Pub. No. RM599E on page BE–57).  
NG  
Repair or replace bulb or combination meter.  
OK  
5
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between terminal WT  
of ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU and VSC OFF indicator light (See page  
IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–247  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI806–01  
VSC Buzzer Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The VSC buzzer sounds during VSC operation.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
VSC Warning  
Buzzer  
Center J/B  
15  
A29 BZ  
1
3B  
10  
3A  
R–L  
G
R–L  
2
1
Buzzer  
Instrument Panel J/B  
Ignition SW  
GAUGE 10A  
10  
IF  
5
IC  
B–Y  
W
8
5
IG1  
AM1  
W (RHD)  
W (LHD)  
Instrument Panel J/B  
AM1 40A  
1
3
2
2
IA  
IC  
1
1
2 F17  
F17  
F15  
Fusible  
Link  
Block  
ALT 120A  
B–G  
FL Main  
3.0W  
Battery  
F13401  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–248  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
HINT:  
Start the inspection from step 1 in case of using the hand–held tester and start from step 3 in case of not  
using the hand–held tester.  
1
Check operation of the VSC buzzer.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3.  
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held tester main switch ON.  
(c) Select the ACTIVE TEST mode on the hand–held tester.  
CHECK:  
Check ”ON–OFF” function of the VSC buzzer with the hand–held tester.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC ECU  
with actuator assembly.  
NG  
2
Check voltage between terminal 1 of VSC buzzer and body ground.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the connector from VSC buzzer.  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminal (1) of VSC buzzer and body ground.  
OK:  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector from  
battery to VSC buzzer.  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–249  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
3
Check VSC buzzer.  
PREPARATION:  
Disconnect the VSC buzzer connector.  
CHECK:  
1
(+)  
(–)  
2
Apply battery voltage to the terminals 1 and 2 of VSC buzzer  
connector, and check that the VSC buzzer sounds.  
F02192  
NG  
Replace VSC buzzer.  
OK  
4
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU and VSC buzzer (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–250  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI807–01  
Tc Terminal Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
Connecting between terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 causes the ECU to display DTC by blinking the ABS  
warning light, VSC warning light and BRAKE warning light.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
J44  
Junction  
D8  
DLC3  
Connector  
17  
13  
4
LG–R  
LG–R  
F
F
CG  
TC  
TC  
A29  
W–B  
Junction  
Connector  
J1 (LHD)  
J27 (RHD)  
1
*
1
* : II (LHD)  
IJ (RHD)  
F04476  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
CHECK:  
ON  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure voltage between terminals Tc and CG of DLC3.  
Tc  
(+)  
(–)  
OK:  
DLC3  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
CG  
F09678  
OK  
If each warning light does not blink even afterTc  
and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-  
tive.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–251  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–252  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI808–01  
Ts Terminal Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
The sensor check circuit detects abnormality in the speed sensor signal which cannot be detected with the  
DTC check.  
Connecting terminals Ts and CG of the DLC3 starts the check.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU  
D8  
DLC3  
28  
A29  
4
14  
R–B  
TS  
CG  
TS  
W–B  
J1(LHD)  
J27(RHD)  
Junction  
Connector  
1
1
* : II(LHD)  
IJ(RHD)  
*
F04477  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals Ts and CG of DLC3.  
CHECK:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch ON.  
(b) Measure the voltage between terminals Ts and CG of  
ON  
Tc  
(–)  
(+)  
DLC3.  
OK:  
DLC3  
Voltage: 10 – 14 V  
CG  
F09679  
OK  
If ABS warning light does not blink even after Ts  
and CG are connected, the ECU may be defec-  
tive.  
NG  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–253  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
2
Check for open and short circuit in harness and connector between ABS & BA &  
TRC & VSC ECU and DLC3, DLC3 and body ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and replace ABS & BA & TRC & VSC  
ECU with actuator assembly.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–254  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ABS WITH EBD & BA & TRC & VSC SYSTEM  
DI809–01  
Check for Fluid Leakage  
Check for fluid leakage from actuator or hydraulic lines.  
F04266  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–255  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FG–03  
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING  
Troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure on the following pages.  
Vehicle Brought to Workshop  
Items inside  
are titles of pages in this manual,  
with the page number in the bottom portion.  
See the pages for detailed explanations.  
1
2
Customer Problem Analysis  
P. DI–256  
Check and Clear DTC (Pre–check)  
P. DI–257  
Symptom  
dose not occur  
3
4
Symptom Simulation  
P. IN–20  
Problem Symptom Confirmation  
Symptom  
occurs  
5
6
Normal code  
DTC Check  
P. DI–257  
Malfunction code  
7
Problem Symptoms Table  
P. DI–263  
DTC Chart  
P. DI–259  
8
Circuit Inspection and Part Inspection  
P. DI–264  
Identification of Problem  
9
Repair  
10  
Confirmation Test  
End  
Step 2, 5 : Diagnostic steps permitting the  
use of the hand–held tester  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–256  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FH–01  
CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS CHECK  
ENGINE IMMOBLISER Check Sheet  
Inspector’s  
:
Name  
Registration No.  
Registration Year  
Frame No.  
/
/
Customer’s Name  
Date Vehicle  
Brought In  
km  
miles  
Odometer Reading  
/
/
Date Problem First Occurred  
Frequency Problem Occurs  
/
/
Continuous  
Intermittent (  
times a day)  
Immobiliser is not set.  
(Enginestarts with key codes other than the registered key code.)  
Symptoms  
Engine does not start.  
Malfunction  
Normal  
Remains ON  
Does not Light Up  
Check Item  
DTC Check  
Indicator Light  
Normal Code  
Normal Code  
Malfunction Code (Code  
Malfunction Code (Code  
)
)
1st Time  
2nd Time  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–257  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7W6–02  
PRE–CHECK  
Hand–held Tester  
1.  
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM  
(a) Description  
Engine ECU controls the function of immobiliser on this  
vehicle.  
Data of the immobiliser or DiagnosticTrouble Code (DTC)  
can be read from the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the  
vehicle. When a trouble occurs in immobiliser, Malfunc-  
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL) does not light ON but DTC in-  
spection is performed.  
DLC3  
D01600  
Therefore when there seems to be a trouble with immobi-  
liser, use hand–held tester or SST (diagnosis check wire  
No. 2) to check and troubleshoot it.  
(b) Inspect the DLC3.  
The vehicle’s engine ECU uses ISO 14230 for commu-  
nication.  
The terminal arrangement of the DLC3 complies with  
SAE J1962 and matches the ISO 14230 format.  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  
9 10 11121314 1516  
DLC3  
A04550  
Testerconnection  
Condition  
Duringcommunication  
Always  
Specifiedcondition  
Pulsegeneration  
1 Ω or less  
7 (Bus + Line) – 5 (Signal Ground)  
4 (Chassis Ground) – Body Ground  
5 (Signal Ground) – Body Ground  
16 (B+) – Body Ground  
Always  
1 Ω or less  
Always  
9 – 14 V  
HINT:  
If your display shows ”UNABLE TO CONNECT TO VEHICLE”  
when you have connected the cable of the hand–held tester to  
the DLC3, turned the ignition switch ON and operated the  
hand–held tester, there is a problem on the vehicle side or tool  
side.  
S
If communication is normal when the tool is connected to  
another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.  
If communication is still impossible when the tool is con-  
nected to another vehicle, the problem is probably in the  
tool itself, so consult the Service Department listed in the  
tool’s instruction manual.  
S
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–258  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
2.  
INSPECT DIAGNOSIS  
(a) Using hand–held tester:  
Check the DTC.  
NOTICE:  
Hand–held tester only:  
When the diagnosis system is switched from the normal  
mode to the check mode, it erases all DTCs and freezed  
frame data recorded in the normal mode. So before switch-  
ing the modes, always check the DTCs and freezed frame  
data, and note them down.  
(1) Prepare the hand–held tester.  
(2) Connect the hand–held tester to the DLC3 under  
the instrument panel lower pad.  
Hand–held Tester  
(3) Turn the ignition switch ON and push the hand–held  
tester switch ON.  
(4) Use the hand–held tester to check the DTCs and  
freeze frame data; note them down. (For operating  
instructions, see the hand–held tester instruction  
book.)  
DLC3  
(5) See page DI–259 to confirm the details of the DTCs.  
(b) Clear the DTC.  
D01600  
The following procedures will erase the DTCs and freeze  
frame data.  
(1) Operating the hand–held tester to erase the codes.  
(See the hand–held tester instruction book for oper-  
ating instructions.)  
(2) Disconnecting the battery terminals or EFI fuse.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–259  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FJ–02  
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART  
DTC No.  
DetectionItem  
(Seepage)  
TroubleArea  
B2795  
S Key  
Unmatched Key Code  
(DI–264)  
S Unregistered key inserted before  
S Key  
B2796  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Wire harness  
S Engine ECU  
No Communication in Immobiliser System  
(DI–265)  
S Wire harness  
B2797  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Unregistered key inserted before  
S Engine ECU  
CommunicationMalfunctionNo. 1  
CommunicationMalfunctionNo. 2  
(DI–267)  
S Key  
B2798  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Wire harness  
S Engine ECU  
(DI–268)  
HINT:  
To reduce the unnecessary exchange of engine ECU, check that a trouble occurs with the original engine  
ECU at the time of exchanging engine ECU and the problem will be solved with a new engine ECU.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–260  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FK–03  
PARTS LOCATION  
Engine Room J/B  
S EFI Fuse  
S EFI Relay  
Engine ECU  
Transponder Key Amplifier  
DLC3  
Ignition Switch  
I19380  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–261  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI80I–01  
TERMINALS OF ECU  
1AZ–FSE Engine ECU Terminals  
E17  
E13  
E14  
E16  
E15  
D03442  
D01054  
Symbols (TerminalNo.)  
WiringColor  
B – BR  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
9 – 14  
CODE (E13–14) –  
E1 (E16–3)  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
RXCK 〈E13–13) –  
B–O – BR  
B–W – BR  
9 – 14  
9 – 14  
E1 (E16–3)  
TXCT 〈E13–21) –  
E1 (E16–3)  
1ZZ–FE (A/T) Engine and ECT ECU Terminals  
E20  
E21  
E19  
E18  
9
8 7 6 5 4 3  
2 1  
7 6 5 4 3  
2 1  
9 8 7  
6 5 4 3 2 1  
7 6  
5 4 3 2 1  
21201918 17161514131211 10 1615141312 11 10 9 8  
313029 2827 2625242322 242322 2120191817  
19181716 15141312 11 10 15141312 11 10 9 8  
282726252423 222120 2221201918 1716  
D05962  
Symbols (TerminalNo.)  
WiringColor  
B – BR  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
9 – 14  
CODE (E20–7) –  
E1(E19–17)  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
RXCK (E20–26) –  
E1(E19–17)  
B–O – BR  
B–W – BR  
9 – 14  
9 – 14  
TXCT(E20–15) –  
E1(E19–17)  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–262  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
1ZZ–FE (M/T) and 3ZZ–FE Engine ECU Terminals  
E18  
E20  
E19  
D00032  
Symbols (TerminalNo.)  
WiringColor  
B – BR  
Condition  
STD Voltage (V)  
9 – 14  
CODE (E20–19) –  
E1(E18–14)  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
Ignition switch ON  
RXCK (E20–20) –  
E1(E18–14)  
B–O – BR  
B–W – BR  
9 – 14  
9 – 14  
TXCT(E20–18) –  
E1(E18–14)  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–263  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
SuspectedArea  
DI7FM–02  
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE  
Symptom  
See page  
Immobiliser is not set  
1. Engine ECU  
IN–30  
(Engine starts with key codes other than the registered key code)  
Engine does not start  
1. Key  
L
2. Wire harness  
3. Transponderkeyamplifier  
4. Engine ECU  
IN–30  
–
IN–30  
L: Check that the key which did not start the engine has been registered and that it is possible to start with  
other already registered key codes.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–264  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FN–01  
CIRCUIT INSPECTION  
DTC  
B2795 Unmatched Key Code  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This DTC is output when an unregistered key is inserted. When this DTC is output, delete DTC and insert  
the key of the customer to check that DTC B2795 is output.  
When the key that outputs DTC B2795, register this key. When DTC B2795 is not output, there is a possibility  
that the unregistered key has been inserted before. (Engine ECU is normal.)  
Inquire of a customer the condition of using the system to find the cause of the trouble.  
(Example: Another key has been inserted, etc.)  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectionCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Key  
B2795  
Unmatched key code  
S Unregistered key inserted before  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Delete DTC and insert all presently available keys to check whether engine starts  
or not.  
HINT:  
When inserting the key that does not start the engine, DTC B2795 is stored in memory.  
RESULT:  
OK  
NG  
All keys starts engine.  
A specific key does not start engine.  
OK  
No problem.  
HINT:  
If the result is ”OK”, please confirm whether or not customers  
have ever inserted the unregistered key or the immobiliser key  
(with transponder chip) of other vehicle in the ignition key cylin-  
der, and find out the cause of detecting DTC.  
NG  
Register key that does not start engine.  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–265  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FO–03  
DTC  
B2796 No Communication in Immobiliser system  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectionCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Key  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Wire harness  
B2796  
Nocommunication  
S Engine ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Transponder Key Amplifier  
Engine ECU  
14 19  
7
7
B
CODE  
CODE  
E13 E20 E20  
*1 *2 *3  
13 20 26  
E13 E20 E20  
*1 *2 *3  
8
B–O  
B–W  
RXCK  
RXCK  
TXCT  
21 18 15  
9
TXCT  
E13 E20 E20  
*1 *2 *3  
*1: 1AZ FSE  
*2: 1ZZ–FE (M/T), 3ZZ–FE  
*3: 1ZZ–FE (A/T)  
I19381  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–266  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Delete DTC and insert all presently available keys to check whether engine starts  
or not  
RESULT:  
A
B
C
All keys start engine.  
A specific key does not start engine. In this case, DTC B2796 is stored in memory.  
All keys do not start engine. In this case, DTC B2796 is stored in memory.  
A
No problem at this time.  
HINT:  
If the result is ”A”, please confirm whether or not customers  
have ever inserted the key (without transponder chip) of other  
vehicle in the ignition key cylinder, and find out the cause of de-  
tecting DTC.  
B
Transponder chip of a specific key is defective.  
Replace key.  
C
2
Check harness and connector between transponder key amplifier and engine  
ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
3
Does it operate normally after replacement of transponder key amplifier ?  
Yes  
Replace transponder key amplifier.  
No  
Check and replace engine ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–267  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FP–03  
DTC  
B2797 Communication Malfunction No. 1  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This code is detected when an error occurs despite of normal communication.  
(Example: Some noise is included in communication line.)  
DTC No.  
B2797  
DTCDetectionCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Wire harness  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Unregistered key inserted before  
S Engine ECU  
Communicationerror  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Refer to DTC B2796 on page DI–265.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check noise.  
PREPARATION:  
Insert already registered master key in the key cylinder.  
CHECK:  
Using an oscilloscope or hand–held tester, check that noise is  
included in the CODE terminal of the engine ECU.  
OK:  
No noise is detected.  
Noise  
NG  
Try to find cause of noise and remove it.  
I02681  
OK  
2
Does it operate normally after replacement of transponder key amplifier?  
Yes  
Replace transponder key amplifier.  
No  
Check and replace engine ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–268  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FQ–02  
DTC  
B2798 Communication Malfunction No. 2  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
DTC No.  
DTCDetectionCondition  
TroubleArea  
S Key  
S Transponderkeyamplifier  
S Wire harness  
B2798  
Communicationerror  
S Engine ECU  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Refer to DTC B2796 on page DI–265.  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check harness and connector between transponder key amplifier and engine  
ECU (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
2
Does it operate normally after replacement of transponder key amplifier?  
Yes  
Replace transponder key amplifier.  
No  
Check and replace engine ECU  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–269  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
DI7FR–03  
Power Source Circuit  
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION  
This circuit provides power to operate the transponder key amplifier.  
WIRING DIAGRAM  
Engine Room J/B  
W
Transponder  
Key Amplifier  
4
EFI Relay  
(* )  
1
2H  
6
2B  
EFI  
E/G  
W
L–Y  
5
3
2
3
BAT  
(* )  
1
3
2F  
4
2B  
B
1
W–B  
1
2F  
W–B  
B–G  
Center J/B  
From  
Terminal  
MREL  
of  
13  
3A  
13  
3F  
W–B  
W–B  
GND  
10  
Engine  
ECU  
Instrument Panel  
J/B  
IE  
4
FL  
MAIN  
*1: LHD  
*2: RHD  
*3: 1AZ–FE  
IH 11  
W–B  
W–B  
W–B  
*4: 1ZZ–FE, 3ZZ–FE  
W–B  
Battery  
1
IH *  
IK *  
2
EB  
EA  
I20881  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–270  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
INSPECTION PROCEDURE  
1
Check voltage between terminals +B and GND of transponder key amplifier con-  
nector.  
PREPARATION:  
(a) Turn the ignition switch OFF.  
10  
1
(b) Disconnect the transponder key amplifier connector.  
CHECK:  
Measure the voltage between terminals +B and GND of the  
transponder key amplifier connector.  
OK:  
(+)  
(–)  
Voltage: 9 – 14 V  
I20882  
OK  
Proceed to next circuit inspection shown in  
problem symptoms table (See page DI–263).  
NG  
2
Check EFI fuse.  
PREPARATION:  
Remove the EFI fuse from the engine room J/B.  
Engine Room J/B  
EFI Fuse  
CHECK:  
Check the continuity of the EFI fuse.  
OK:  
Continuity  
NG  
Check for short in all harness and components  
connected to EFI fuse.  
A05531  
OK  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  
DI–271  
DIAGNOSTICS  
–
ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM  
3
Check harness and connector between transponder key amplifier and body  
ground (See page IN–30).  
NG  
Repair or replace harness or connector.  
OK  
Check and repair harness and connector be-  
tween transponder key amplifier and battery  
(See page IN–30).  
AVENSIS/CORONA SUP (RM781E)  

Related Topics

Automatic Transaxle (A246E)
Automatic Transaxle (U240E)
Anti-Lock Brake System With EBD
ABS with EBD & BA & TRC & VSC System
Engine Immobiliser System

Popular Owner Manuals

Audi
BMW
Citroen
Ford
Honda
Peugeot

Latest Owner Manuals

Fifth Generation (2020-2025) Toyota Supra 2 Door Fifth Generation (2020-2025) Toyota Supra 2 Door
Twelfth Generation (2018-2026) Toyota Corolla 4 Door Twelfth Generation (2018-2026) Toyota Corolla 4 Door
Eleventh generation (2013-2017) Toyota Corolla 4 Door Eleventh generation (2013-2017) Toyota Corolla 4 Door
Ninth Generation (2007-2012) Toyota Corolla 4 Door Ninth Generation (2007-2012) Toyota Corolla 4 Door
Fourth Generation (2021-2026) Toyota Yaris 4 Door Fourth Generation (2021-2026) Toyota Yaris 4 Door
Third Generation (2011-2020) Toyota Yaris 4 Door Third Generation (2011-2020) Toyota Yaris 4 Door